ケルブのふくらはぎ！ブログ

続きを読む

本当にメモ程度のレベル。


________________________________________
Story

There is a legend from old times - when the
islands of the world were all one continent
and people had created huge cities with
science and magic.
古くから受け継がれている言い伝えがある――世界の島々は元は一つの大陸であり、そこに住む人々は科学と魔法の技術で巨大な都市を造った、と。

It tells of an evil demon who despised magic
and those who used it. He descended from the
heavens and attempted to eradicate every last
ounce of magic on the earth, covering it in
darkness and death.
魔法を用いた人類と、その魔法を忌み嫌った悪魔についても語ろう。
悪魔は天界から降りてきた。悪魔は地球上の魔法すべてを根絶やしにしようと、闇と死で世界を覆った。

In the midst of this chaos, a young wizard's
apprentice, named Huayin, believed he could
make a stand against the raging demon.
混沌の最中、若き魔法使いが現れた。名をHuayinといった。
荒れ狂う悪魔に対抗できる人物だと信じられていた。

Through ingenuity and strong will, he acquired
12 magically enchanted items, each of which
gave him a better chance of overcoming the
demon.
その能力と強力な意思のもと、悪魔を退けうる12個の魔力の宿った道具（？）を得た。

The battle between the two foes finally ensued
- it was legendary! Huayin narrowly defeated
the arcane creature.
両者の戦いは熾烈を極め――そして伝説となったのだ！
Huayinは接戦の末、天界から来た悪魔を打ち倒した。

However, in one desperate, dying move, the evil
demon struck at the core of the earth, causing
vicious earthquakes and tidal waves.
しかし悪魔は死に際に地球の中心に攻め入り、大規模な地震や津波を引き起こした。

When everything finally calmed, the world was
no longer one continent but many islands, as
it is today.
全ての決着がついたとき、世界はもはや一つの大陸ではなく、幾つもの島々へと様変わりしていた。

On the chance that the evil creature could
return someday, the young wizard hid his 12
enchanted items around the world, hoping that,
should the need arise, they could be used by a
future savior.
悪魔の再来に備え、若き魔法使いは12個の魔力の宿った道具（？）を世界中に隠した。それらが必要になったときに、生き残った人類に役立つことを願って…。


As far-fetched as it may sound, this legend
inspired me to become an archaeologist and to
make it my life's goal to locate these 12 ancient
treasures and share them with the world.
こんな言い伝えはおとぎ話のようだと思われるかもしれないが、私はこの言い伝えに触発され、考古学者となった。そして我が生涯最大の目的は12個の古代の秘宝を見つけ出し、世界に役立てることなのだ。

It feels like only yesterday that my adventurer
friend, his young son and I sailed across the
world to find those artifacts.
冒険仲間とその息子、そして私とで秘宝を求めて旅をした日々がまるで昨日のことのようだ。

But, this story isn't about that journey...
だが、この物語はそのときの話ではなく…

________________________________________
[Intro Sequence 1]
line 1 = There is a legend from old times - when the islands of the world were all one continent and people had created huge cities with science and magic. \n \n It tells of an evil demon who despised magic and those who used it. He descended from the heavens and attempted to eradicate every last ounce of magic on the earth, covering it in darkness and death. \n \n In the midst of this chaos, a young wizard's apprentice, named Huayin, believed he could make a stand against the raging demon. \n \n Through ingenuity and strong will, he acquired 12 magically enchanted items, each of which gave him a better chance of overcoming the demon. \n \n The battle between the two foes finally ensued - it was legendary! Huayin narrowly defeated the arcane creature. \n \n However, in one desperate, dying move, the evil demon struck at the core of the earth, causing vicious earthquakes and tidal waves. \n \n When everything finally calmed, the world was no longer one continent but many islands, as it is today.
省略

line 2 = On the chance that the evil creature could return someday, the young wizard hid his 12 enchanted items around the world, hoping that, should the need arise, they could be used by a future savior. \n \n As far-fetched as it may sound, this legend inspired me to become an archaeologist and to make it my life's goal to locate these 12 ancient treasures and share them with the world. \n \n It feels like only yesterday that my adventurer friend, his young son and I sailed across the world to find those artifacts. \n \n But, this story isn't about that journey...
省略


[Controls]
line 1 = buttons to run left and right
line 2 = button to interact with doors and NPCs
line 3 = button to crawl
line 4 = JUMP button to temporarily defy gravity
line 5 = ATTACK button to swing your hook
line 6 = ACTION button to advance text
line 7 = MENU button to bring up the menu
line 8 = The Menu contains information about your items as well as how to perform advanced techniques.
line 9 = Run SETUP.EXE to change control + screen settings.
line 10 = Press any button to continue.


________________________________________
[Museum Guy Intro 1]
say 1 = Baggus: What do you say we turn back before this storm sends us to a watery grave?
say 2 = We've been on this journey for over a year.
say 3 = And we've found all 12 artifacts.
say 4 = We've been hugely successful. Now, I can build my museum...
say 5 = And we can kick back and enjoy our retirement.
lines = 5
[博物館の男 イントロ1]
Baggus「嵐に巻き込まれて船が海の藻屑になる前に引き返さないか？」
Baggus「こうして旅を続けてもう1年経つんだな」
Baggus「12個の秘宝を全て見つけ出したんだ」
Baggus「この旅は十分に成功したといえるよ。もうこれだけでも自分の博物館を建てられるし…」
Baggus「ゆっくり休んで老後を楽しむことができるんだ」

[Dad Intro 1]
say 1 = Gagwin: You're right... we've been very lucky so far.
say 2 = And that's why we must continue!
say 3 = You're the one who first told me the legend of the 12 artifacts...
say 4 = Isn't it also true that the legend speaks of a temple, which only the wielder of the other 12 artifacts can access?
say 5 = The legend says that the temple holds an ancient secret and the one who learns it will gain immense power.
say 6 = We've already been able to map out its probable location... we're so close.
lines = 6
[父さん イントロ 1]
Gagwin「そうだな…これまで幸運に恵まれてきた」
Gagwin「だからこそ旅を続けるってものさ！」
Gagwin「12の秘宝の伝説を最初に教えてくれたのはアンタだったな…」
Gagwin「12の秘宝を使いこなせる人々がいる寺院が伝説に記されているってのは本当なのか？」
Gagwin「寺院には秘密が隠されていて、その秘密を知る者は強力な力を手に入れるとも…」
Gagwin「その寺院の場所手がかりをようやく手に入れたんだ…もうすぐ近くまで来ているんだぞ」

[Museum Guy Intro 2]
say 1 = Baggus: That's all superstitious nonsense!
say 2 = These items don't have any actual magical power.
say 3 = ...
say 4 = But you're right... according to my best research we are very close... if it even exists.
say 5 = If it does, it would be very interesting to study.
say 6 = Alright, let's continue... but if the weather gets worse we're heading for the nearest shore.
lines = 6
[博物館の男 イントロ2]
Baggus「そんなのはくだらない迷信さ！」
Baggus「この秘宝にはなんの不思議な力もないじゃないか」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「でもそうだね・・・僕の優れた調査によれば、寺院はすぐ近くだ・・・存在すればだけど」
Baggus「寺院があるとすれば、研究にはうってつけだろうな」
Baggus「よし、旅を続けよう・・・でも天候が悪くなったら近くの岸に船をつけるからね」

________________________________________
[Dad Intro 2]
say 1 = Gagwin: This looks like the right place to me.
say 2 = The temple should stand somewhere on this island.
say 3 = Just think, Baggus, when your museum houses all 12 of the legendary artifacts...
say 4 = ...It will be acclaimed by archaeologists and historians, the world over.
say 5 = And who knows what treasures we'll find in this temple!
say 6 = We're so close...
lines = 6
[父さん イントロ 2]
Gagwin「どうやらここのようだな」
Gagwin「寺院はこの島のどこかにある」
Gagwin「考えても見ろよ、Baggus。12の秘宝が飾られたおまえの博物館は・・・」
Gagwin「世界中の考古学者や歴史学者たちに絶賛されるぞ」
Gagwin「そして俺たちがどんな宝をこの寺院から見つけ出すかも期待されるんだぜ」
Gagwin「もうすぐ近くだ・・・」

[Museum Guy Intro 3]
say 1 = Baggus: The only reason I've even entertained the notion that this place exists...
say 2 = ...is in thanks to you and your son for all of your help in my quest.
say 3 = ...
say 4 = There are hardly any known references to the temple, but this does appear to be the right place.
say 5 = Everything I have read about it speaks of danger, curses and evil.
say 6 = You know I don't buy into that kind of nonsense, but I still think we need to be very cautious.
lines = 6
[博物館の男 イントロ3]
Baggus「この土地が存在するってことを信じる気持ちになったのは・・・」
Baggus「君と君の息子のおかげさ。いろいろと世話になったね」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「寺院についての文献はほとんどないんだ、でもここがきっとその寺院だと思う」
Baggus「文献には危険で、呪われていて、不吉だと書かれてた」
Baggus「僕がそういうたぐいの物を信じないって知ってるよね、でもどうやら用心する必要がありそうだよ」
________________________________________
[Dad Intro 3]
say 1 = Gagwin: Come on, son. You can't stay in the boat in this weather.
say 2 = You're going to have to come with us.
say 3 = Don't worry. I won't let anything bad happen to you.
say 4 = Remember, son, you were born for adventure!
lines = 4
[父さん イントロ 3]
Gagwin「さあおいで、この天候じゃ船にいるのは危ないからな」
Gagwin「一緒に来たほうがいい」
Gagwin「心配ないさ。なにかあってもパパが守ってやるさ」
Gagwin「おまえは生まれついての冒険家だしな！」

※ここから移動可能

[Dad Intro 4]
say 1 = Gagwin: Son, just remember to be brave like your old man.
say 2 = Stick close to me and you'll have nothing to worry about.
say 3 = Baggus just needs a minute to point us in the right direction and then we're off.
lines = 3
[父さん イントロ 4]（話しかける）
Gagwin「パパみたいに常に勇気を持つんだぞ」
Gagwin「ぴったりとくっつているんだ。そうすればなんの心配もない」
Gagwin「すぐにBaggusが正しい方角を割り出してくれる、そしたら出発だ」

[Museum Guy Intro 4]
say 1 = Baggus: Hey kid, how are you doing?
say 2 = Don't worry, this is the last stop and then we're going home.
say 3 = And we've got your dad with us; he's the strongest, bravest person I know.
say 4 = ...
say 5 = Now, I just need minute to figure out where the temple entrance is.
lines = 5
[博物館の男 イントロ4] （話しかける）
Baggus「おや、ぼうや、なにしているんだい？」
Baggus「大丈夫さ、旅はここで終わってすぐお家に帰れるよ」
Baggus「それに僕たちには君のパパがついてるしね。僕が知ってる中でいちばん強くて勇敢な人だよ」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「さて、寺院の入口の方角を計算するとするよ」

[Statue Plaque 1]
say 1 = In honor of Huayin.
say 2 = Hero. Savior. Friend.
lines = 2
[石像のプレート 1]（像を調べる）
Huayinをたたえる像。
英雄であり、救世主であり、友であった。

[Museum Guy Intro 5]
say 1 = Baggus: Hey kid, don't wander too far!
say 2 = It looks like the temple entrance is that way, though.
say 3 = Come on, Gagwin, it looks like your son is more excited about this adventure than you.
lines = 3
[博物館の男 イントロ4] （遠くに行こうとする）
Baggus「こら、あんまり遠くに行っちゃだめだよ！」
Baggus「でもどうやら、寺院の入口はそっちみたいだね」
Baggus「行こう、Gagwin。息子のほうがこの冒険にワクワクしてるみたいだしね」

[Dad Intro 5]
say 1 = Gagwin: This has got to be the entrance to the temple.
say 2 = Think you can pick that lock, old man?
lines = 2
[父さん イントロ 5]
Gagwin「こいつが寺院の入口だな」
Gagwin「開けられそうかい、おじいさんよ？」

[Museum Guy Intro 6]
say 1 = Baggus: Piece of cake!
say 2 = Ok, let's take it easy in here... we don't know what to expect.
lines = 2
[博物館の男 イントロ4]
Baggus「朝飯前さ！」
Baggus「オーケー、さあ焦らずに行こう・・・なにが起きるかわからないからね」

[Dad Intro 6]
say 1 = Gagwin: Follow me, son.
say 2 = Don't worry, I'll keep you safe...
lines = 2
[父さん イントロ 6]
Gagwin「ついておいで」
Gagwin「心配するな、お前の身は守るさ・・・」

________________________________________
[Granny Intro 1]
say 1 = Wake Up, child...
lines = 1
[老婆 イントロ 1]
Granny「起きなさい、坊や・・・」

[Granny Intro 2]
say 1 = Grandma Ethor: Do you remember what today is?
say 2 = Come outside, I have something for you.
lines = 2
[老婆 イントロ 2]
Grandma Ethor「今日が何の日かわかってるだろうね？」
Grandma Ethor「外に出なさい、あなたに渡すものがあります」

________________________________________
[Granny A 1]
say 1 = Grandma Ethor: ... It was 10 years ago to this day that I found you on my doorstep.
say 2 = You were bruised and hurt but I was able to nurse you back to health.
say 3 = Having you around these last ten years have made me a happy old woman.
say 4 = But, I've always known that your destiny would catch up with you.
say 5 = You were born for adventure!
say 6 = And now that you have come of age it's time for you to discover your true calling.
say 7 = ...
say 8 = No... I don't know what your true calling is!
say 9 = That's why I bought you this old boat... so you could go figure that out for yourself.
say 10 = I know it's not much, but it's reliable.... I think... That's what I was told anyway...
say 11 = With a few small touches I bet it will take you to the ends of the earth.
say 12 = Go ahead, try it out.
lines = 12
[老婆 A 1]
Grandma Ethor「・・・家の前であなたを見つけてからもう10年も経つのね」
Grandma Ethor「あざだらけで怪我をしていたけど、なんとか看病して回復することができたわ」
Grandma Ethor「あなたと一緒にいたこの10年間、とても幸せだったわ」
Grandma Ethor「でも運命には逆らえないわね」
Grandma Ethor「あなたは生まれついての冒険家ですもの！」
Grandma Ethor「大きくなったいま、本当にやるべきことをする時が来たのです」
Grandma Ethor「・・・」
Grandma Ethor「いいえ、やるべきことはあなた自身で見つけ出すのよ！」
Grandma Ethor「あなたのために古いボートを買ってきたわ・・・自分でなすべきことを見つけるのよ」
Grandma Ethor「多くはわからないけど、それだけは確かです・・・それが私が受け取ったお告げだと思います・・・」
Grandma Ethor「微かな感覚ではあるけれど、きっとあなたは地の果てまで導かれるでしょう」
Grandma Ethor「行きなさい、さあ出発するのです」

[Granny A 2]
say 1 = Grandma Ethor: You look like a natural sailor... well...
say 2 = I guess you can't be called a sailor without a sail.
say 3 = ...
say 4 = Before you go too far, please stop by the house and see me one last time.
say 5 = I have something else I want to give you...
lines = 5
[老婆 A 2]
Grandma Ethor「船に乗った姿が様になっているわ・・・ええ・・・」
Grandma Ethor「きっと帆のない船の船乗りなんて呼ばれないわ」
Grandma Ethor「・・・」
Grandma Ethor「遠くへ行ってしまう前に、最後に家に戻って会いに来てくださいね」
Grandma Ethor「渡しておきたいものがあるの・・・」

________________________________________
[Island Sign 1]
say 1 = Welcome to Cargale Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 1]（看板を調べる）
Cargaleアイランドへようこそ

[Save Game]（セーブポイントに触れる）
say 1 = Progress Saved.
lines = 1
セーブ中・・・

________________________________________
[Granny A 3]
say 1 = Grandma Ethor: All those years ago, when I first found you barely alive on my doorstep...
say 2 = ...you had this map wrapped around you like a blanket.
say 3 = Since you don't remember anything that happened to you before that day...
say 4 = ...this map is the only clue to where you came from.
say 5 = You should take it to Grandpa Rondeau. He was once a sailor, you know.
say 6 = He's made himself scarce lately. But, I happen to know that he's camping...
say 7 = ... at the top of the tall cave on the eastern end of the island.
say 8 = Bring this map to him, I'm sure he can help you.
say 9 = Good luck, my young man, and remember to stop back and visit anytime.
lines = 9
[老婆 A 3]
Grandma Ethor「もうずいぶん昔の話になるのね、半死半生のあなたが家の前に倒れていたのは・・・」
Grandma Ethor「・・・そのときあなたはこの地図を毛布のようにして包まれていたの」
Grandma Ethor「その身に起こったことをなにも覚えていなかった・・・」
Grandma Ethor「・・・だからこの地図があなたがどこから来たのかの唯一の手がかりです」
Grandma Ethor「それを祖父Rondeauのところへ持って行きなさい。あの人は昔は船乗りだったのよ」
Grandma Ethor「あの人は最近どこにいるかわからないけど・・・」
Grandma Ethor「たまたま島の東端にある洞窟の頂上で野宿をしているのを見かけたわ」
Grandma Ethor「あの人のところに地図を持って行けば、あなたの助けになると思うわ」
Grandma Ethor「気をつけてね、私の坊や。いつでも戻ってきていいのですからね」

[Item Pick Up Family Treasure Map]
say 1 = You got the Unknown Treasure Map!
lines = 1
[ファミリートレジャーマップを入手]（宝の地図を手に入れる）
未解明の宝の地図を手に入れた！

________________________________________
________________________________________
その２
[Fisherman Dialog 1]
say 1 = Fred: Having a mayor for a wife has its perks.
say 2 = As I'm sure you can imagine...
lines = 2
[漁師 ダイアログ 1]（話しかける）
Fred「長になるってことはその妻にも特別な権力が与えられるのさ」
Fred「あんたに分かるかねえ・・・」

[Gardening Girl NPC 1]
say 1 = Adrienne: Good morning.
say 2 = Eric was up early and he was looking for you.
say 3 = But I'm not sure where he got off too.
say 4 = Unlike his lazy father and twin brother, he actually enjoys the outdoors.
lines = 4
[ガーデニングする少女 NPC 1]（朝の時間帯に話しかける）
Adrienne「あら、おはよう」
Adrienne「Ericが朝早くから起きてあなたを探してたわよ」
Adrienne「でもどこに行ったかはわからないわ」
Adrienne「ねぼすけの父さんや双子の兄さんたちと違って、あの子は外遊びを満喫してるわね」

[Gardening Girl NPC 2]
say 1 = Adrienne: Good afternoon.
say 2 = Have you run into Eric by any chance?
say 3 = He was asking about you earlier.
say 4 = He's probably off playing somewhere on the island.
say 5 = His brother's been inside all day watching TV.
say 6 = It's like they're not even related.
lines = 6
[ガーデニングする少女 NPC 2]（昼の時間帯に話しかける）
Adrienne「あら、こんにちわ」
Adrienne「Ericとは会わなかったかしら？」
Adrienne「あの子、あなたのこと朝早くから気にしてたわよ」
Adrienne「きっと島のどこかで遊んでいるんだわ」
Adrienne「あの子の兄さんたちは家でテレビばっかり観て・・」
Adrienne「本当に似てない兄弟ねえ」

[Gardening Girl NPC 3]
say 1 = Adrienne: Good evening.
say 2 = Eric's been out playing all day but I hope he gets home soon.
say 3 = I think exploring and playing in nature builds character.
say 4 = But if he misses dinner again I'll ground him.
lines = 4
[ガーデニングする少女 NPC 3]（夕方の時間帯に話しかける）
Adrienne「あら、こんばんわ」
Adrienne「Ericは外で遊んでるわ。じきに帰ってくると思うけど」
Adrienne「探検したり外で遊んだりすることは子供には良いとは思うのよ」
Adrienne「でもまた晩御飯に間に合わないようなら叱ってあげなきゃね」

[Gardening Girl NPC 4]
say 1 = Adrienne: Oh, my, you're out late.
say 2 = You should get home and go to bed.
lines = 2
[ガーデニングする少女 NPC 1]
Adrienne「あらあら、こんな夜更けにどうしたの」
Adrienne「もう家に帰って寝るべきよ」

[Neighbor Husband NPC 1]
say 1 = Joe: Hahahaha! I never miss this show.
say 2 = It's so witty.
lines = 2
[おとなりの旦那さん NPC 1]
Joe「はっはっはっ！この番組は欠かさず観てるんだ」
Joe「うーん、とってもウィットに富んでるね」

[Eric NPC 1]
say 1 = Eric: All dad and James do is watch TV.
say 2 = They never want to go outside and explore.
lines = 2
[Eric NPC 1]
Eric「パパとJamesはテレビ観てばっかり」
Eric「外に出かけて探検なんてしたくないんだ」

[Eric NPC 2]
say 1 = Eric: I want to explore this cave but there are dangerous animals in there.
say 2 = If I had a hook hand like yours I wouldn't be afraid though.
say 3 = If they got close to me I'd just swing my arm at them.
lines = 3
[Eric NPC 2]
Eric「この洞窟を探検したいなあ・・・でも危ない動物がいるからなあ」
Eric「キミみたいにボクにもフックがあれば怖くなんてないのに」
Eric「あいつらが近づいてきたら腕をグルグル振り回してやるぞ」

[Eric Bro NPC 1]
say 1 = James: Leave me alone.
say 2 = I'm listening to the ''Fon and Rez Show'' on the radio.
say 3 = If I miss anything exciting I'll be really upset
lines = 3
[Ericの兄 NPC 1]
James「ほっといてくれよ」
James「オレは今『Fon and Rez Show』のラジオ番組を聴いているんだからよ」
James「面白いものを逃すとイライラすんだよ」

[Brooks 1]
say 1 = Brooks: Nice boat.
say 2 = It's good to see you joining the ranks of us sea-loving types.
say 3 = You still look a little rusty, but before long you'll be sailing all over the place.
say 4 = Hmmm... No sail though...
say 5 = You're not going to get very far without one of those...
lines = 5
[Brooks 1]
Brooks「ナイスなボートだ」
Brooks「俺らと同じ海の男になってくれて嬉しいぜ」
Brooks「まだ半人前ではあるが、そのうちいろんな場所を航海するようになるだろう」
Brooks「うーむ・・・でも帆がねえんだよなあ・・・」
Brooks「帆がないとあんまり遠くまでは行けねえぞ」

[Barney 1]
say 1 = Barney: Unless you plan on installing a steam engine like this baby.
say 2 = We bought this pig from the old man who built that museum.
say 3 = It was a steal, but it looked like it had been through hell.
say 4 = But your boat looks pretty solid. It just needs a few small touches.
say 5 = Good luck, kid. Hope you find yourself a decent sail.
lines = 5
[Barney 1]
Barney「この船みたいに蒸気エンジンを取り付けるってのはどうよ」
Barney「博物館を建てたじいさんからこの鉄の船を買ったんだ」
Barney「鉄製の頑丈な船だが、きっとすげえ航海をしてきたんだろうな」
Barney「あんたのボートはなかなか丈夫そうだな。ちょこちょこと改造もできそうだ」
Barney「幸運を祈るぜ、ボウズ。いい帆を選べよ」

[General Store Sign 1]
say 1 = 6-15
say 2 = (Formerly HC's)
say 3 = Established 621 PC
say 4 = Hours open: 6 - 15 o'clock
lines = 4
[雑貨屋の看板 1]
6-15
（元ヘルスセンター）（？）
創立PC 621年
営業時間6時から15時

[Mayor NPC 1]
say 1 = Mayor Goodrich: Is there anything I can do for you?
lines = 1
[Mayor NPC 1]
Mayor Goodrich「なにかご用かしら？」

[Eliz 2]
say 1 = Eliz: Hello.
lines = 1
[Eliz 2]
Eliz「こんにちわ」

[Time Book 1]
say 1 = Learn to Tell Time
say 2 = The earliest studiers of time were able to use the position of the sun and moons to determine the time of day.
say 3 = In the year 6027 BC they created a system of telling time in which each day consists of exactly 20 hours...
say 4 = ... and each hour is made up of exactly 100 minutes.
say 4 = 10 o'clock is when the sun is at its highest point in the sky. This is known as High Noon.
say 5 = 20 o'clock, right before the clock changes over, is when the moons are at their highest point, known as Twilight.
lines = 5
[時間についての本 1]
時間を知る術について
時間について研究していた人々は、太陽と月の位置から時間を割り出した。
紀元前6027年には1日がちょうど20時間であるという理論を導き出していた・・・
・・・そして1時間がちょうど100分であるとも。
10時は太陽が最も高い位置にあることを言う。いわゆる正午だ。
日付が変わる直前の20時とは、月が最高点に達した時を言う。いわゆる黄昏時だ。

[Hermit 1]
say 1 = Grandpa Rondeau: Hey kid! It's good to see you.
say 2 = What are you doing all the way up here?
say 3 = How's Grandma doing without me around?
lines = 3
[世捨て人 1]
Grandpa Rondeau「おお小僧！よく来たな」
Grandpa Rondeau「こんなへんぴなところでなにをしておるんじゃ？」
Grandpa Rondeau「わしと離れて暮らしておるばあさんは元気かの？」

[Hermit 2]
say 1 = Grandpa Rondeau: Hey, kid! It's good to see you.
say 2 = What are you doing all the way up here?
say 3 = ...
say 4 = A map? ... Let me take a look at it.
say 5 = ...
say 6 = This looks like a type of sea chart... it shows the location of an island.
say 7 = I don't have a compass, but...
say 8 = ...it looks like this map is pointing to the island just east of here.
say 9 = The island has always been uninhabited in the past.
say 10 = Someone recently built a museum on it, however.
say 11 = I'm not sure if you're going to find anything worthwhile, but you should check out that island.
say 12 = Good luck kid. If you see your Grandma tell her I'm doing well.
lines = 12
[世捨て人 2]
Grandpa Rondeau「おお小僧！よく来たな」
Grandpa Rondeau「こんなへんぴなところでなにをしておるんじゃ？」
Grandpa Rondeau「・・・」
Grandpa Rondeau「地図じゃと？・・・どれ、見せてみい」
Grandpa Rondeau「・・・」
Grandpa Rondeau「海図のように見えるのお・・・島の位置を示しておるようじゃ」
Grandpa Rondeau「コンパスは持っておらぬのだが・・・」
Grandpa Rondeau「どうやらここから東の島を指し示しているみたいじゃのう」
Grandpa Rondeau「その島は長い間、無人じゃったはず」
Grandpa Rondeau「なにものかが最近博物館を建てたみたいじゃ」
Grandpa Rondeau「そこでなにかの手がかりを得ることができるかもしれんな。探索するのじゃ」
Grandpa Rondeau「がんばるんじゃぞ。ばあさんに会ったらわしは元気だと伝えておくれ」

[Hermit 3]
say 1 = Grandpa Rondeau: That map looks like a type of sea chart, showing the location of an island east of here.
say 2 = The island was always uninhabited, but, someone recently built a museum on it.
say 3 = I'm not sure if you're going to find anything worthwhile, but you should check out that island.
lines = 3
[世捨て人 3]
Grandpa Rondeau「その地図は海図のようじゃな。ここから東の島を指し示しておるようじゃ」
Grandpa Rondeau「その島は長いこと無人だったはずじゃが、なにものかが最近博物館を建てたみたいなんじゃ」
Grandpa Rondeau「そこでなにかの手がかりを得ることができるかもしれんな。探索してみるとええ」

[Granny A 4]
say 1 = Grandma Ethor: You should take that map to your Grandpa Rondeau. He was once a sailor, you know.
say 2 = He's made himself scarce lately, but I happen to know that he's camping...
say 3 = ... at the top of the tall cave on the eastern end of the island.
say 4 = Bring that map to him, I'm sure he can help you.
lines = 4
[老婆 4]
Grandma Ethor「Grandpa Rondeauに地図を見せに行きなさい。あの人、昔は船乗りだったのよ」
Grandma Ethor「あの人は最近どこにいるかわからないけど・・・」
Grandma Ethor「たまたま島の東端にある洞窟の頂上で野宿をしているのを見かけました」
Grandma Ethor「あの人のところに地図を持って行けば、あなたの助けになると思うわ」

[Granny 5]
say 1 = Grandma Ethor: How's your Grandpa doing?
say 2 = Is he almost finished ''finding himself'' in nature?
lines = 2
[老婆 5]
Grandma Ethor「あの人の様子はどうだった？」
Grandma Ethor「まったく・・・『自分探し』とやらは終わったのかしらね？」

[Mattie 1]
say 1 = Mattie: Hey there. Did your Grandma tell you that she bought your boat from me?
say 2 = You may have noticed, but it's a very special boat.
say 3 = When I was working for GloboCorp years ago I developed a new technology that allowed us...
say 4 = ... to shrink large objects to the size of a single pixel and then back again.
say 5 = So although it looks like a simple boat, it's really quite advanced.
say 6 = You can carry it in your pocket when you're not using it!
say 7 = Neat, huh?
lines = 7
[Mattie 1]
Mattie「や、こんちわ。ボクの船を買ったってキミのおばあさんから聞いたかい？」
Mattie「もう気づいているかもしれないけど、それは特別な船なのさ」
Mattie「数年前GloboCorpで働いてるときにボクらが作り出したものなんだ・・・」
Mattie「大きなものでも1ピクセルに縮めたり戻したりする新技術さ」
Mattie「いたって普通の船に見えるけど、すごい技術がいっぱい詰まっているんだ」
Mattie「普段はポケットに入れて持ち歩くことができるんだよ！」
Mattie「きちんとしまえていいだろう？」

[Matties Book 1]
say 1 = The Modern Calendar
say 2 = The Great Cataclysm occurred after the evil demon was defeated by the hero, Huayin.
say 3 = The demon used the last of his energy to strike the core of our planet causing great turmoil and chaos.
say 4 = Up to that point, all the land on the planet consisted of one large continent, surrounded by an endless ocean.
say 5 = After that cataclysm, the continent broke apart into many islands, as it is to this day.
say 6 = That cataclysm marked a new era in our history and is also reflected in our modern calendar.
say 7 = All dates before the cataclysm are post-scripted with BC - Before Cataclysm.
say 8 = BC dates count backwards from 0.
say 9 = All dates that occur after the cataclysm are post-scripted with PC - Post Cataclysm.
say 10 = All PC dates start at 0 and count forward to today.
lines = 10
[Mattiesの本 1]
現代の暦について
英雄Huayinにより悪魔が倒されたあと、世界に大変動が起こった。
悪魔は最後の力を使い、この星の中心に攻め入り混乱と混沌を引き起こした。
それまでこの星はひとつの大きな大陸があるだけであり、大陸は終わりのない海に囲まれていた。
大変動のあと、大陸は幾つもの島々に分断され今日に至る。
大変動は新しい時代を築くきっかけとなり、現代の暦にも反映されている。
大変動前の年代はすべて「BC（Before Cataclysm）」と記される。
BCの年代は0から後ろにさかのぼって数えられる。
大変動後の年代はすべて「PC（Post Cataclysm）」と記される。
BCの年代は0から順番に数えられる。

[Island Sign 9]
say 1 = Welcome to Somora Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 9]
Somoraへようこそ

[Island To Angeloak Sign 1]
say 1 = This Way to AngelOak Island.
lines = 1
[Angeloakアイランドの看板 1]
この先　Angeloakアイランド

[Store Owner 1]
say 1 = Hey, kid, can I help you find something?
lines = 1
[店主 1]
いらっしゃい、なにか探しものかね？

[Store Owner Buy Hat 1]
say 1 = Henry: You like that hat?
say 2 = It's called a Baseball Hat... I have no idea why though.
say 3 = It's only 100 coins.
lines = 3
[店主から帽子を購入 1]
ヘンリー「その帽子が気に入ったのか？」
ヘンリー「ベースボールハットって言うらしい・・・理由は知らん」
ヘンリー「たったの100コインでいいぞ」

[Store Owner Buy Hat 2]
say 1 = Henry: You don't have enough coins on you right now.
say 2 = Feel free to browse... but please don't touch anything.
lines = 2
[店主から帽子を購入 2]
ヘンリー「今は持ち合わせがないみたいだな」
ヘンリー「見るだけならタダだ・・・でも触るのは遠慮してくれよ」

________________________________________
[Eliz 1]
say 1 = Eliz: Hey, did you come to see the museum?
say 2 = It's not open yet.
say 3 = The curator, Baggus, built this place himself but it isn't ready for visitors yet.
say 4 = He's an archaeologist who used to travel the world for treasures.
lines = 4
[Eliz 1]
Eliz「やあ、博物館には行ったかい？」
Eliz「まだオープンしていないみたいね」
Eliz「館長のBaggusが自分で建てた博物館みたいなんだけど、いろいろ準備が整っていないんだって」
Eliz「あの人、秘宝を求めて旅をした元考古学者らしいよ」

[Lucinda 1]
say 1 = Lucinda: I've waited at least two years for this this museum to open
say 2 = I've been to the museum at Donausel City so many times - it bores me.
lines = 2
[Lucinda 1]
Lucinda「この博物館がオープンするのをもう2年も待っているの」
Lucinda「Donauselシティの博物館には何度も行ったわ――そっちはもう飽きちゃった」

________________________________________
その３
[Island Sign 2]
say 1 = Welcome to Nimue Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 2]
Nimueアイランドにようこそ

[Museum Guy 1]
say 1 = Baggus: Hey kid, here to see the museum? Well, Unfortunately it's still under construction...
say 2 = I've got everything I need to open to the public except exotic treasures, artifacts, and relics.
say 3 = So you'll have to come back another time.
lines = 3
[博物館の男 1]
Baggus「やあ、こんにちわ。博物館見学かい？うーん、残念だけどまだ準備中なんだ・・・」
Baggus「異国の宝、アーティファクト、遺物といったもの以外なら町の人々に開放する準備はできてるんだ」
Baggus「また今度来てくれるといいよ」

[Museum Guy 2]
say 1 = Baggus: Hey kid, here to see the museum? Well, Unfortunately it's still under construction...
say 2 = ...
say 3 = You have a map which led you here, you say?
say 4 = May I see it?
say 5 = ...
say 6 = Hmmm... Where did you you find this map?
say 7 = ...
say 8 = Interesting...
say 9 = Say, kid... do you ever remember meeting me before?
say 10 = ...
say 11 = Never mind that. Listen, kid, I'm going to help you out.
say 12 = You seem like an adventurous type... Have you ever thought of being a treasure hunter?
say 13 = ...
say 14 = What am I saying?
say 15 = Look at you! You don't even have the three essentials of adventuring.
say 16 = ...
say 17 = You don't know what the three essentials of adventuring are?
say 18 = Hahahaha, that's precisely why you won't get anywhere without my help.
say 19 = I just happen to have the first essential of adventuring in the basement here in the museum.
say 20 = If you go down and get it, it's yours.
say 21 = The elevator in the back room will take you down.
say 22 = Be careful. I have an intricate security system in place.
say 23 = Just watch your step and you should be fine.
say 24 = Once you have the first essential of adventuring I'll tell you where to find the rest.
lines = 24
[博物館の男 2]
Baggus「やあ、こんにちわ。博物館見学かい？うーん、残念だけどまだ準備中なんだ・・・」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「この島が載ってる地図を持ってる、だって？」
Baggus「その地図、見てもいいかい？」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「これは・・・この地図はどこで見つけたんだい？」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「興味深い・・・」
Baggus「ねえ、君、僕たちどこかで会ったことないかな？」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「いや、いいんだ。それより話があるんだ。君の力になりたい」
Baggus「君はどうやら生粋の冒険家らしい・・・トレジャーハンターになるって考えたことはあるかい？」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「どういう意味か、だって？」
Baggus「見てごらんよ！君は冒険に必要な3つのものを持っていないのさ」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「冒険に必要な3つのものってなんだ、だって？」
Baggus「ははは、そんな様子じゃあ僕の助力なしに冒険はできないね」
Baggus「その冒険に必要なものの1つは偶然にもここの地下にあるんだ」
Baggus「地下へ向かいそれを見つけたら、それはもう君のものだ」
Baggus「後ろの部屋にエレベーターがある。そこから地下へ行けるよ」
Baggus「用心しなよ。ところどころにやっかいなセキュリティシステムがあるんだ」
Baggus「注意深く進めば大丈夫さ」
Baggus「1つ目を手に入れたら、残りの冒険に必要なものについて話すよ」

[Museum Guy 3]
say 1 = Baggus: I happen to have the first essential of adventuring in the basement here in the museum.
say 2 = If you go down and get it, it's yours.
say 3 = The elevator in the back room will take you down.
lines = 3
[博物館の男 3]
Baggus「その冒険に必要なものの1つは偶然にもここの地下にある」
Baggus「地下へ向かって見つけ出すんだ、そうすればそれは君のものだ」
Baggus「後ろの部屋にエレベーターがある。そこから地下へ行けるよ」

[Parrot Intro 1]
say 1 = Hey, kid! Think you could help me out here?
say 2 = ...
say 3 = What? Are you surprised by a talking bird?
say 4 = We parrots are known to be talkers.
say 5 = I can explain it all later, just help me out already!
say 6 = I got trapped down here... by accident.
say 7 = I got lost and couldn't get out.
say 8 = I'm scared... yeah... lost and scared.
say 9 = So... go throw that lever over there and let me out!
lines = 9
[オウム イントロ 1]
おい、そこのガキ！ここから出してくれねえか？
・・・
あん？しゃべる鳥が珍しいってか？
オレたちオウムはしゃべる鳥として有名なんだよ。
なんでもいいからとにかくここから出してくれよ！
うっかりワナにかかっちまってよ・・・事故っちまった。
おまけに道に迷って出られないと来たもんだ。
恐ろしくってよ・・・ああ・・・迷子で震えてたのさ。
だからよ・・・あっちのレバーを動かして出してくれよお！

[Parrot Intro 2]
say 1 = Thanks for helping me, kid. This place gives me the creeps.
say 2 = Would you mind getting what you came down here for and getting me out of here?
lines = 2
[オウム イントロ 2]
出してくれてあんがとな。ここは物騒でしょうがねえや。
あんたが降りてくるのに使ったアレでここから出ようぜ？

[Item Pick Up Paper Hat]
say 1 = You got a Paper Hat!
lines = 1
[アイテム入手 紙の帽子]
紙の帽子を手に入れた！

[Parrot Intro 3]
say 1 = Thanks again for helping me out, kid.
say 2 = Now let's get out of here.
say 3 = If you don't mind, I'll just follow you.
lines = 3
[オウム イントロ 3]
出してくれて感謝するぜ。
さて、ここからトンズラだ。
アンタの後ろから着いて行くからヨロシクな。

[Parrot Intro 4]
say 1 = Why did you come down to the basement of the museum anyway?
lines = 1
[オウム イントロ 4]
なんだってアンタは博物館の地下になんて来ようと思ったんだ？

________________________________________
[Museum Guy 4]
say 1 = Baggus: I see you retrieved the first essential of adventuring...
say 2 = ... a hat!
say 3 = Without a hat no treasure hunter can be taken seriously.
say 4 = That hat used to belong to a good friend of mine.
say 5 = I have a feeling you'll do him proud...
say 6 = ...
say 7 = What the? Hey, where did that bird come from?
say 8 = ...
say 9 = He was trapped in the basement? That's strange...
say 10 = Well, please be sure to take him with you when you leave. He looks dirty.
say 11 = Now what was I saying?
say 12 = Oh yes! You still need two more essentials of adventuring.
say 13 = The last two essentials are...
say 14 = ...a compass and a sail.
say 15 = A compass will allow you to effectively use charts and locate treasure.
say 16 = And you'll need a sail for your boat to travel long distances through rough waters.
say 17 = Unfortunately, I don't have either of those items here.
say 18 = But they are not entirely uncommon. With a little ingenuity I'm sure you can find them.
say 19 = When you get both items return here and I'll teach you how to be a great treasure hunter.
lines = 19
[博物館の男 4]
Baggus「冒険に必要なものの1つ目を手に入れてきたみたいだね」
Baggus「・・・帽子を！」
Baggus「帽子がなくちゃあトレジャーハンターとは名乗れないからね」
Baggus「その帽子は僕の親友が持っていたものなのさ」
Baggus「まるで君は誇り高かった彼の生き写しだなあ・・・」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「お、おや？ちょっと、その鳥はどこから入ってきたんだい？」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「地下の罠にかかってた、だって？不思議な話もあるものだね・・・」
Baggus「ああ、ここを出るんならその鳥もいっしょに連れて行っておくれよ。なんだか汚いしなあ」
Baggus「なんの話だったっけ？」
Baggus「ああそうだ！冒険に必要なものがまだ2つ残ってるんだった」
Baggus「残りの2つっていうのはね・・・」
Baggus「・・・コンパスと帆さ」
Baggus「コンパスがあれば海図が読めるようになるし宝の位置も分かる」
Baggus「帆は荒波の中、長距離を航海するのに必要となる」
Baggus「残念だけどその2つはここにはないんだ」
Baggus「だからといって特別珍しいものだってわけでもない。ちょっと頭をひねれば見つかるはずさ」
Baggus「その2つを見つけたらまたここに戻ってきてくれ。偉大なトレジャーハンターになる方法を教えてあげるよ」

[Museum Guy 5]
say 1 = Baggus: I assure you the basement of the museum is NOT a dangerous cursed temple...
say 2 = I'm just worried about... burglars... you know...
say 3 = Anyway... you still need two more essentials of adventuring.
say 4 = The last two essentials are a compass and a sail.
say 5 = When you find them return to me and I'll teach you how to travel to the ends of the earth...
say 6 = ...follow maps and search for hidden treasures.
lines = 6
[博物館の男 6]
Baggus「ここの地下が危険で呪われた寺院じゃないって断言するよ・・・」
Baggus「その・・・盗賊が・・・心配でさ・・・」
Baggus「とにかく・・・君には冒険に必要なものがまだ2つ必要なんだ」
Baggus「その2つというのはコンパスと帆だ」
Baggus「それらを見つけたら戻ってきてくれ。地の果てまで旅する方法を教えてあげるよ・・・」
Baggus「・・・地図に従い秘宝を見つけ出す方法をね」

[Parrot Museum 1]
say 1 = Don't you think it's odd that there's a huge temple underneath this museum?
say 2 = I'm not sure if we can trust everything Baggus says.
lines = 2
[オウムin 博物館 1]
博物館の真下にでっけえ寺院があるなんておかしな話だと思わねえか？
Baggusの言うことがどこまで本当か分からねえなあ。

________________________________________
[Parrot Intro 5]
say 1 = Thanks for getting me out of that place.
say 2 = You're an adventurous kid. I like that.
say 3 = Listen, I might be able to help you get a compass and a sail.
say 4 = If you let me tag along I'll help you out whenever I can.
say 5 = You'll find I'm quite handy when it comes to adventuring, treasure hunting and the like.
say 6 = ...
say 7 = This might be a little too easy, but maybe we should start our search by stopping in the general store.
say 8 = We're sure to find a compass or a sail. Maybe even both!
say 9 = You have some coinage, right?
say 10 = I think there's a 6-15 store to the island west of here. Let's go!
say 11 = ...
say 12 = Oh, one more thing.
say 13 = If you ever need some advice just press UP and ACTION to ask!
lines = 13
[オウム イントロ 5]
オリから助けてくれてありがとな。
オマエは冒険小僧だな。キライじゃないぜ。
オレ、コンパスと帆を探す手助けができるかもしれないぞ。
オマエについて行っていいなら、いつでも力になってやるよ。
なんせ冒険や宝探しに関してオレは超役に立つ鳥だからな。
・・・
イージーすぎるかもしれないがよ、まずは雑貨屋に寄ってから探索を始めるとするかねえ。
きっとコンパスか帆、もしくはその両方が見つかるだろうぜ！
金は多少はもってるよな？
雑貨屋『6-15』が島の西にあったはずだぜ。さあ行くぞ！
・・・
おっと、それからもう一つ。
オレの助言が欲しいときは上キーを押しながらジャンプボタンだぜ！

[Parrot Compass Sail 1]
say 1 = The first place we should check for a compass and sail is the general store.
say 2 = Do you know if there's a 6-15 store nearby?
lines = 2
[オウム コンパスと帆 1]
最初にコンパスと帆を探すべき場所は雑貨屋だな。
近くに雑貨屋『6-15』があるのは知ってるか？

________________________________________
[Parrot Cave 1]
say 1 = Did you notice that the floor of this place is sand?
say 2 = I wonder if there's something buried in here.
lines = 2
[オウム 洞窟 1]
ここの地面が砂で覆われてるって気がついてたか？
この下にはなにが埋まってるんだろうな。

[Hermit 4]
say 1 = Grandpa Rondeau: Hey, kid, did you have any luck at that island with the museum?
say 2 = ...
say 3 = Incredible! Sounds like you're knee deep in adventure.
say 4 = I was once young and adventurous like you. I sailed the world!
say 5 = Eventually I met your Grandma and settled down with her on this island.
say 6 = We were happy. And when you came into our lives everything seemed perfect.
say 7 = But recently things have been changing.
say 8 = Most people seem to be caught up in their new-fangled video boxes and noise machines...
say 9 = These modern conveniences have made people lethargic and apathetic.
say 10 = That's why I've spent so much time up here: to get back in touch with the natural world.
say 11 = There's nothing like sleeping under the stars...
lines = 11
[世捨て人 4]
Grandpa Rondeau「おお、よく来たな。博物館はどうだった？」
Grandpa Rondeau「・・・」
Grandpa Rondeau「素晴らしい！すっかりいっぱしの冒険者じゃな」
Grandpa Rondeau「わしも若い頃はお前のように冒険好きじゃったなあ。世界中を船でまわったんじゃ」
Grandpa Rondeau「ばあさんとこの島で出会ってからはすっかり落ち着いたがの」
Grandpa Rondeau「わしは幸せじゃった。お前がこの島に来た時なんかは幸せの絶頂じゃった」
Grandpa Rondeau「だが最近はなにかと目まぐるしく変化しておる」
Grandpa Rondeau「よくわからんビデオ・ボックスやノイズ・マシンに夢中になる者がほとんどじゃ・・・」
Grandpa Rondeau「近代の機械は人を無気力で無関心にしてしまう」
Grandpa Rondeau「だからわしはこの生活を選んだのじゃ。自然の中で生きる生活をな」
Grandpa Rondeau「星空の下で眠る、モノのない生活じゃ・・・」

________________________________________
[Granny 6]
say 1 = Grandma Ethor: Eat plenty of fruits and vegetables to stay healthy.
say 2 = If you ever need to rest or take a break, come back here..
lines = 2
[老婆 6]
Grandma Ethor「健康のためにたくさん野菜や果物を食べなさいな」
Grandma Ethor「疲れたらいつでも戻ってくるんだよ・・・」

[Parrot House 1]
say 1 = So you grew up here, huh?
say 2 = It's kind of small and dingy...
say 3 = Oh, I mean it's, uh... quaint... yes, quite quaint... and quiet.
lines = 3
[オウム 家 1]
オマエはここで育ったってわけかい？
狭くて汚い家だねえ・・・
いや、そういう意味じゃなくて・・・うぐ・・・その、古風というか・・・そう、静かで古風でさ・・・それで静かだって言いたかったんだ。

[Parrot House 2]
say 1 = What are we doing in here?
lines = 1
[オウム 家 2]
こんなところでなにしてるんだよ？

[Parrot House 3]
say 1 = Wow, get a load of this place.
say 2 = Doubt they'd even notice if something went missing.
say 3 = What? I'm not condoning anything...
lines = 3
[オウム 家 3]
ちょっと聞いてくれよ。
この家のヤツら、なにか無くなっても気がつきゃあしないんじゃないか？
ん？オレは容赦しやしないぜえ・・・


[Parrot Sewer 1]
say 1 = Smells like poo-gas.
say 2 = ...
say 3 = What? It does!
lines = 3
[オウム 下水道 1]
くっせえニオイだなあ。
・・・
はあ？臭いだろ！

________________________________________
その４
[Parrot Store 1]
say 1 = Let's get a Big-Swallow Cola before we go.
lines = 1
[オウム 雑貨屋 1]
帰る前にBig-Swallowコーラを買おうぜ。

[Store Owner 2]
say 1 = Henry: Hey, kid, can I help you find something?
say 2 = A compass?
say 3 = Hmmm, I don't think I have anything like that.
say 4 = Ever since I was bought out by GloboCorp I can only carry items from their exclusive catalog.
say 5 = Hmmm...
say 6 = You know... you should try a pawn shop.
say 7 = You can find older, obsolete stuff like that there.
say 8 = That's your best bet, kid.
say 9 = I'm not sure if there's one nearby, though.
lines = 9
[店主 2]
ヘンリー「いらっしゃい、なにか探しものかね？」
ヘンリー「コンパスだって？」
ヘンリー「うーむ、そういったのはウチには置いてないねえ」
ヘンリー「GloboCorpに買収されてからは自由に商品を置けなくなっちゃったからなあ」
ヘンリー「ううーむ・・・」
ヘンリー「そうだ、質屋に行ってみるといい」
ヘンリー「そういう古いものが見つかるかもしれないからな」
ヘンリー「そのほうが確実だ、うん」
ヘンリー「近くに質屋があるかどうかは知らないねえ」

[Parrot Compass Sail 4]
say 1 = The man from the general store told us to look for a pawn shop for a compass.
say 2 = I think I know of one... but...
say 3 = Well, let's just say it's a good thing I'm with you.
say 4 = This particular pawn shop is run by a spider I know.
say 5 = That's right... a spider. His name's Vinnie.
say 6 = You humans are completely unaware of the actions of the animals and insects of the world.
say 7 = The truth is all animals can communicate but they usually choose to ignore humans completely.
say 8 = But as I'm sure you already know some animals hate humans and will attack you if you get close to them.
say 9 = With me around we should have no problem though.
say 10 = Let's make our way to AngelOak Island.
say 11 = It's east of here and you can't miss it. It has a massive tree.
say 11 = Vinnie's Pawn Shop is in that tree.
lines = 11
[オウム コンパスと帆 4]
コンパスを探すにはまず質屋を探せって雑貨屋のオヤジは言ってたな。
心当たりはある・・・だけどなあ・・・
ああいや、アンタと一緒で良かった、とだけ言っとくよ。
あの質屋は顔見知りのクモが経営しているのさ。
そう、クモさ・・・Vinnieってヤツだ。
アンタら人間は動物や虫の世界がどういうふうになってるかよく知らないよな。
ホントは動物だって人と意思疎通できるんだが、ふつうは関り合いを持たないんだ。
でももし人間が近づこうものなら容赦なく襲いかかるだろうな、よく知ってるだろう？
まあオレと一緒なら問題はないけどな。
AngelOakアイランドに向かおうぜ。
東に向かえばすぐに分かる。バカでかい木が生えてるからな。
Vinnieの質屋はその木の中だ。

[Parrot Compass Sail 8]
say 1 = The man from the general store told us to look for a pawn shop for a compass.
say 2 = My friend Vinnie's pawn shop is in the giant tree on AngelOak Island.
say 3 = We should check there first.
lines = 3
[オウム コンパスと帆 4]
コンパスを探すにはまず質屋を探せって雑貨屋のオヤジは言っていた。
オレのダチのVinnieってのが質屋をやってて、その店はAngelOakアイランドの木の内部にある。
まずはそこを探してみようぜ。
________________________________________
[Island Sign 3]
say 1 = Welcome to AngelOak Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 3]
AngelOakアイランドへようこそ

[Giant Tree Sick Roach NPC A 1]
say 1 = Gnorm: There are a lot of angry creatures living in this tree.
say 2 = The spiders are worst of all.
say 3 = If they get near you, they may attack.
say 4 = You can tell if they are angry by the rage in their eyes.
say 5 = If someone's eyes glow red, you know they are dangerous.
lines = 5
[ジャイアントツリー 病にかかった虫 NPC A 1]
Gnorm「この木の中にはあたまに血がのぼった生き物たちが多く住んでるんだ」
Gnorm「クモはその中でもとくにヒドイね」
Gnorm「近づこうとしたらきっと襲われちゃうよ」
Gnorm「凶暴かどうかは目で判断できるんだ」
Gnorm「赤く光っているならそいつは危険なクモだよ」

[Giant Tree Mouse NPC B 1]
say 1 = Jerry: Hello, stranger. We don't see many humans around here.
say 2 = We moved to this place over five years ago.
say 3 = The scenery is beautiful and the rent is fair but lately we've been feeling sick.
say 4 = Basil has been bedridden for days, I'm not sure if he's going to recover.
say 5 = There's only one doctor available on this island and we can't afford to see her.
say 6 = If there's any way you could get us medicine, we'd be eternally grateful.
lines = 6
[ジャイアントツリー ネズミ NPC B1]
Jerry「こんにちわ、旅人さん。この辺りじゃあんまり人間は見かけないよ」
Jerry「僕らここには5年前に越してきたんだ」
Jerry「景色はキレイだし家賃も安い、でも最近ちょっと体調が悪いんだよ」
Jerry「Basilは何日も寝たきりだし、回復するかどうかちょっとわからない」
Jerry「この島にはお医者さんが1匹だけいるんだけど、診察してもらえるほど僕らにお金はないんだ」
Jerry「もし治してもらえるならとてもありがたいんだけどなあ」

[Giant Tree Mouse NPC C 1]
say 1 = Mickey: The landlord told us these pipes were safe and harmless.
say 2 = I don't know what this stuff is but I think it's making us sick.
say 3 = Where do you think it's all coming from?
lines = 3
[ジャイアントツリー ネズミ NPC C1]
Mickey「大家さんが言うには、このパイプは別に害はないんだって」
Mickey「詳しいことは分からないけど、このせいで病気になっているんじゃないかと思うんだ」
Mickey「このパイプの中身、どこから来るんだと思う？」

[Giant Tree Mouse NPC A 1]
say 1 = Basil: ...
say 2 = Please leave me be...
say 3 = I don't want anyone to see me like this.
lines = 3
[ジャイアントツリー ネズミ NPC A1]
Basil「・・・」
Basil「僕に構わないで・・・」
Basil「こんな姿、誰にも見られたくないんだ」

[Camper 1]
say 1 = Trevor: Hey, kid, you live around here?
say 2 = My compass disappeared three days ago and I've been lost ever since.
say 3 = It was probably my imagination, but I swear I saw a huge spider carry it away.
lines = 3
[キャンパー1]
Trevor「おお、ぼうず、この辺の住人か？」
Trevor「数日前に私のコンパスがなくなってな、まだ見つかってないのだよ」
Trevor「私は幻を見ていたのかもしれない、でも確かに巨大なクモがコンパスを持ち去るのを見たんだ」

[Giant Tree Eyepatch Spider NPC 1]
say 1 = Murf: Oh, hey... uh, I just found this here, I swear.
say 2 = Is it yours? Uh.. yeah, just go ahead and take it.
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー アイパッチをつけたクモ NPC 1]
Murf「おいおい・・・この場所はオレが見つけたんだぜ」
Murf「お前のものだって？え・・・ああ、なら持って行けよ」

________________________________________
[Parrot Tree 2]
say 1 = I think I might be able to help out here.
say 2 = Jump on that stone platform over there and press the ACTION button to give me the word.
lines = 2
[オウム ツリー 2]
ここはオレの出番のようだな。
あそこの石の台に飛び乗ったあと、アクションボタンを押して指示を出しな。

________________________________________
[Giant Tree Sick Roach NPC 1]
say 1 = Bleth: Dr. Cici is doing her best to get me better.
say 2 = But I don't think she can save me now.
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー 病にかかった虫 NPC 1]
Bleth「ドクターCiciは最善を尽くして私を治療してくれているの」
Bleth「でも私はもう助からないでしょうね」

[Giant Tree Sick Spider NPC 1]
say 1 = Girard: This is it, kid...
say 2 = I've reached the end of my days.
say 3 = I only wish I had traveled more... seen the world.
say 4 = Don't make my mistake, kid...
lines = 4
[ジャイアントツリー 病にかかったクモ NPC 1]
Girard「限界が来ているみたいだ・・・」
Girard「死期がもう迫ってきているみたいだ」
Girard「もっと旅をして・・・世界中を見て回りたかった」
Girard「俺のようにはなるなよ、ぼうや・・・」

[Giant Tree Beatle Nurse NPC 1]
say 1 = Dr. Cici: I've been seeing a lot of patients lately.
say 2 = They all seem to have the same symptoms and if left untreated it can turn fatal.
say 3 = Unfortunately there isn't a cure.
say 4 = I don't even know if there's a proper medicine that will help.
lines = 4
[ジャイアントツリー カブトムシのナース NPC 1]
Dr. Cici「最近患者を診ることが多いわ」
Dr. Cici「みんな同じ症状で、放置しておけば死に至るの」
Dr. Cici「悔しいけど有効な治療法がないわ」
Dr. Cici「効果的な薬があるかどうかすら私にはわからない」

________________________________________
[Item Pick Up Treasure Map Sail]
say 1 = You got the Sail Map!
lines = 1
[アイテム入手 宝の海図]
海図を手に入れた！

[Giant Tree Hat Store NPC 1]
say 1 = Louie: I don't sell compasses here... only hats.
say 2 = Unfortunately I only have one in stock right now...
say 3 = Oh, I just remembered... The pawn shop upstairs might have a compass.
lines = 3
[ジャイアントツリー 帽子屋 NPC 1]
Louie「当店にコンパスはご用意がありません・・・帽子だけです」
Louie「大変恐縮ですが、現在は在庫が1つだけでして・・・」
Louie「そうそう・・・上階の質屋にならコンパスが置いてあるかもしれません」


[Giant Tree Hat Store NPC 4]
say 1 = Louie: Oh, good choice. This Top Hat is one of my best hats....
say 2 = Ok, yes, it's also my only hat... Do you want it? It's only 100 coins.
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー 帽子屋 NPC 4]
Louie「おや、お目が高い。このシルクハットは当店で最高のものでございます・・・」
Louie「ええそうですね、当店で唯一の品でもあります・・・こちらをご所望で？代金は100コインです。」

[Item Pickup Top Hat]
say 1 = You got a Top Hat!
lines = 1
[アイテム入手 シルクハット]
シルクハットを手に入れた！

________________________________________
[Clock]
say 1 = The current time is:
lines = 1
[振り子時計]
現在の時刻は○○：○○

[Giant Tree Pawn Shop Spider 1]
say 1 = Vinnie: Welcome to Vinnie's Pawn Shop.
say 2 = Yes, I am Vinnie. What can I do for you?
say 3 = You're interested in this compass, huh?
say 4 = It's in great shape, almost new!
say 5 = I can let go of this beauty for 75 Coins.
say 6 = What do you say?
lines = 6
[ジャイアントツリー 質屋 クモ 1]
Vinnie「Vinnieの質屋へいらっしゃい」
Vinnie「ええ、ワイがVinnieや。なんかお探しでっか？」
Vinnie「コンパスをお探しなんですか？」
Vinnie「これは状態もよく、新品同様やで！」
Vinnie「75コインとお安いでっせ」
Vinnie「どないでっか？」

[Giant Tree Pawn Shop Spider 2]
say 1 = Vinnie: Thank you...
say 2 = ...for your business.
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー 質屋 クモ 2]
Vinnie「おおきに・・・」
Vinnie「・・・毎度おおきに」

[Item Pick Up Compass]
say 1 = You got a Compass!
lines = 1
[アイテム入手 コンパス]
コンパスを手に入れた！

[Parrot Tree 3]
say 1 = We found what we needed here for now.
say 2 = I have a feeling we'll be back here again, though.
lines = 2
[オウム ツリー 3]
なんとか目的のモノが見つかったな。
一度戻ったほうがよさそうな気がするぜ。

[Giant Tree Pawn Shop Spider 3]
say 1 = Vinnie: If you're ever in the market for another hard-to-find item, please come again.
lines = 1
[ジャイアントツリー 質屋 クモ 3]
Vinnie「希少品をお探しやったら、また当店へお越しくださいませ」

________________________________________
[Parrot Compass Sail 2]
say 1 = That map you found looks like it'll lead us to a sail.
say 2 = Now that you have a compass we should be able to find it, no problem.
say 3 = Open the MENU to look at your maps. You can browse through your maps with the ARROW KEYS.
say 4 = Then use the ACTION button to select which map you want to use.
say 5 = That way your compass will always point to the location on the map.
say 6 = This compass will probably only work outdoors.
say 7 = Now let's follow that map and find a sail.
lines = 7
[オウム コンパスと帆 2]
オマエが見つけたこの地図は、どうやら帆を指し示しているみたいだな。
探してたコンパスが見つかったいま、もうなんの問題ないぜ。
メニュー画面を開いたら地図を見るんだ。方向キーでカーソルを合わせてボタンを押せば、地図を見ることができる。
それからアクションボタンを押して使いたい地図を選ぶんだ。
そうすれば地図の座標をコンパスが指し示す。
このコンパスは野外でだけ作動するみたいだぜ。
さあ、地図に従って帆を探しに行くぜ。

________________________________________
その５
[Store Owner 3]
say 1 = Henry: Looks like you found that compass you were looking for.
say 2 = Wow, that's an old one.
say 3 = Hope you didn't spend too much.
lines = 3
[店主 3]
Henry「例の探してたコンパスは見つかったみたいだな」
Henry「ほお、こりゃずいぶん年代物だ」
Henry「値段に見合ったものだといいな」

[Parrot Compass Sail 6]
say 1 = That map says this is the entrance to a cave.
say 2 = The sail must be somewhere inside.
say 3 = But I don't see an entrance at all.
say 4 = Remember, you can press UP to interact with things in the environment.
say 5 = Try searching around for an entrance to this place.
lines = 5
[オウム コンパスと帆 6]
地図よれば、ここが洞窟の入り口らしい。
きっと帆はこの中にあるんだぜ。
でも入り口らしいものは見当たらないなあ。
気になるところがあれば上キーを押せば調べられるぞ。
このあたりに入口がないか調べてみようぜ。

[Parrot Compass Sail 7]
say 1 = That map we found pointed us to the entrance of a cave on Somora Island.
say 2 = The sail must be somewhere inside.
say 3 = Let's check it out.
lines = 3
[オウム コンパスと帆 6]
オレたちが見つけた地図はSomoraアイランドの洞窟を示してた。
きっと帆はその中にあるんだ。
探索してみようぜ。

________________________________________
[Parrot Worm Home 1]
say 1 = These worms are living like... well, like worms.
say 2 = I doubt they're going to have any useful information, but we should ask anyway, I suppose.
lines = 2
[オウム ミミズのすみか 1]
ここのミミズどもはなんというか・・・まるでミミズみたいだ。
ミミズが役に立ちそうな情報を持ってるとは思えないけど、聞くだけ聞いてみるか。

[Worm NPC A 1]
say 1 = Neum: Hey there, brother-sister!
say 2 = You're a weird looking worm.
say 3 = I haven't seen anyone new around here in ages.
say 4 = Where did you come from?
say 5 = ...
say 6 = From outside? Wow!
say 7 = Mother-Father is going to want to meet you.
say 8 = You can find her-him by climbing up here and taking a right.
say 9 = You do know how to climb, right?
say 10 = Just jump up toward the tunnel and press UP.
lines = 10
[ミミズ NPC A 1]
Neum「やあブラザーシスター！」
Neum「なんだか変わったカッコのミミズだね」
Neum「長い間新顔を見かけることはなかったけど」
Neum「きみはどこから来たんだい？」
Neum「・・・」
Neum「外の世界から？へえ！」
Neum「母父さんもきっときみに会いたがると思うよ」
Neum「上に登って右に曲がったら両親がいるんだ」
Neum「登り方はわかるよね？」
Neum「細道でジャンプしたら上キーを押すんだよ」


[Worm NPC F 1]
say 1 = Nema: Did you know you can lift things that have a glowing aura around them?
say 2 = It's true! Try lifting that rock over there.
say 3 = Just swing that arm of yours and you should be able to carry it over your head.
say 4 = Swing your arm again and you can toss that thing.
say 5 = So simple, really!
lines = 5
[ミミズ NPC F 1]
Nema「ぼんやり光をまとってるものは持ち上げられるって知ってた？」
Nema「そうなのよ！試しにあの岩を持ち上げてごらんなさい」
Nema「腕をぐるんと回せば岩を頭に乗せることができるわ」
Nema「もう一回ぐるんと回せば投げることもできる」
Nema「ね、簡単でしょう！」

[Worm NPC G 1]
say 1 = Plat: Long before Mother-Father closed and locked the gate to the outside world...
say 2 = ... a visitor installed this elevator for us.
say 3 = However, it's rusted up some since then and no one here knows how to repair it.
say 4 = It still works but it takes the weight of at least two of us to push down the lever all the way.
lines = 4
[ミミズ NPC G1]
Plat「もうずっと前から母父さんは入り口を封鎖して外の世界との関わりを絶ってる・・・」
Plat「・・・ある旅人がぼくらのためにこのエレベーターを作ってくれたんだ」
Plat「でもその後機械はさびついちゃって、ぼくらの中に修理できるミミズはいないんだ」
Plat「まだ作動するみたいだけど、2人分の重さでレバーを下げないとダメみたい」

[Parrot Elevator Room 1]
say 1 = I wonder who installed this elevator here.
say 2 = These worms clearly aren't smart enough to do it on their own.
lines = 2
[オウム エレベータールーム 1]
だれがエレベーターなんて作ったんだろうな。
ここのミミズたちは自分らで動かせるほど頭は良くないだろうにな。

[Worm NPC E 1]
say 1 = Terr: Mother-Father has locked this gate for our safety.
say 2 = The outside world is a cruel, evil place.
say 3 = The best way for us to achieve enlightenment is by keeping far from distractions.
say 4 = It's bad enough that you came here, stranger ... why don't you just leave?
lines = 4
[ミミズ NPC E1]
Terr「母父さんはわたしたちの安全を守るために入り口を塞いだの」
Terr「外の世界は残酷で、危険なところだからって」
Terr「悟りを開く1番の方法は雑念から遠ざかることなんだって」
Terr「あなたがここに来たのは良くないことね、旅人さん・・・出て行ってくれないかしら？」

[Worm NPC B 1]
say 1 = Eise: These ground quakes keep getting worse.
say 2 = I'm glad you're OK, brother-sister.
say 3 = ...
say 4 = What? You don't know?
Say 5 = We worms are hermaphrodites.
say 6 = ...
say 7 = You're not a worm?
say 8 = I don't understand...
lines = 8
[ミミズ NPC B1]
Eise「この地震、日に日に悪化して行ってるわ」
Eise「あなたが無事で何よりよ、ブラザーシスター」
Eise「・・・」
Eise「え？知らないの？」
Eise「ミミズは雌雄同体なのよ」
Eise「・・・」
Eise「僕はミミズじゃないって？」
Eise「意味がわからないわ・・・」

[Worm NPC H 1]
say 1 = Feti: Mother-Father thinks she-he has our best interests in mind by not allowing anyone to leave or enter.
say 2 = She-he taught us that we are simple creatures and our only purpose is to live righteous lives...
say 3 = ...so that when we die, we can be reincarnated as a more "advanced" species.
say 4 = But I've been studying the texts of our fore-mother-fathers and I think I disagree.
say 5 = It seems that without hardships, conflicts and temptations one cannot reach enlightenment.
say 6 = I don't think we will ever reincarnate as anything more than mere worms.
say 7 = Besides, it looks like this recent rash of ground quakes is going to make us all extinct.
lines = 7
[ミミズ NPC H1]
Feti「母父さんはこの洞窟への出入りが一切ないことが最善だって考えてるのさ」
Feti「ぼくらはシンプルな生き物で、道理にかなった生き方を送るのが唯一の目的なんだって教わった・・・」
Feti「・・・そうすればぼくらが死んだとき、より『進化した』種として生まれ変わることができるって」
Feti「苦難や葛藤、誘惑を経験せずに悟りを開くことはできないみたいだ」
Feti「ただの虫以上の存在に生まれ変わることなんてできないとぼくは思う」
Feti「それに、最近は地震が多くて、絶滅しそうなんだ」

[Worm NPC C 1]
say 1 = Turg: Hey, brother-sister.
say 2 = Before the ground quakes started this place was great.
say 3 = All the dirt you can eat!
lines = 3
[ミミズ NPC C1]
Turg「やあ、ブラザーシスター」
Turg「大地震が起こる前はこの場所はすごかったんだぜ」
Turg「どんな土だって食べられたんだ！」

[Worm NPC D 1]
say 1 = Appo: Dirt, dirt, dirt, dirt, dirt...
say 2 = I like to eat dirt.
say 3 = But I don't like dirt falling on my head.
lines = 3
[ミミズ NPC D1]
Appo「土、土、土、土、土・・・」
Appo「土を食べるのは好きよ」
Appo「でも頭の上から土が落ちてくるのはキライよ」

________________________________________
[Parrot Mother Father 1]
say 1 = That's one big, ugly worm.
say 2 = Let's ask it where we can find a sail and get out of here.
lines = 2
[オウム マザーとファーザー 1]
デカくてキモいミミズだなあ。
帆のありかと出口について聞いてみようぜ。

[Mother Father 1]
say 1 = Mother-Father: Stranger... why did you come here?
say 2 = ...
say 3 = A sail?
say 4 = Can't you see we're all about to die from cave-ins, thanks to these ground quakes?
say 5 = And you bust in here looking for a boat sail?
say 6 = ...
say 7 = We can't just leave. We have spent our entire lives for countless generations isolated in this hole.
say 8 = Do you have any idea where you are?
say 9 = This tribe has existed in this cave since the great battle of Huayin and the evil demon.
say 10 = After the continent fell into the ocean our surviving ancestors came upon the cave on this island.
say 11 = Soon other creatures who had survived the catastrophe began moving in as well.
say 12 = But they saw that people quickly reverted to petty bickering, lies, and jealousy...
say 13 = The ancestors believed it was these behaviors that allowed the evil demon to attack in the first place.
say 14 = They decided to cut us off from the rest of the world... to protect us from all corrupting forces.
say 15 = But now with all these ground quakes our safe-haven is going to be our grave.
say 16 = Maybe our ancestors were wrong...
say 17 = Stranger... I'll let you pass through our town.
say 18 = If you continue from here you'll reach the City of Somora.
say 19 = See if you can find out anything from the people there.
say 20 = Maybe there is a chance you'll be able to help us...
say 21 = I doubt it though... you'll probably just find your sail and leave us.
say 22 = Well... I'm willing to risk it.
say 23 = I'll have the gate opened for you.
lines = 23
[マザーとファーザー 1]
Mother-Father「旅人よ・・・なぜここに来た？」
Mother-Father「・・・」
Mother-Father「帆、だと？」
Mother-Father「大地震による崩落で、我らが死の淵にいるということが判らんのか？」
Mother-Father「自分がどこにいるか分かっておらぬのか？」
Mother-Father「Huayinと悪魔の決戦のときから、我ら一族はこの洞窟で暮らしていた」
Mother-Father「大陸が海に沈み、生き残った祖先たちはこの島の洞窟を見つけたのだ」
Mother-Father「大災害のほかの生き残りたちも同様に、この洞窟に入植してきた」
Mother-Father「だが人々はくだらない争いごとをし、人を騙し、嫉妬にかられるようになっていた・・・」
Mother-Father「悪魔につけこまれたのは、人々のこういった振る舞いが原因だと祖先たちは考えた」
Mother-Father「そして世界との関わりを断絶することに決めたのだ・・・堕落のもととなるものから身を守るためにな」
Mother-Father「しかし現在は地震のために、シェルターは墓に変わろうとしている」
Mother-Father「我らの祖先は間違っていたのかもしれぬ・・・」
Mother-Father「旅人よ・・・我らの街へお通ししよう」
Mother-Father「ずっと進めばSomoraシティへたどり着く」
Mother-Father「住人たちと会いなにか答えを導き出してくれ」
Mother-Father「我々を救う手がかりが見つかるかもしれぬ・・・」
Mother-Father「いや、どうかな・・・帆を見つけるやいなや逃げ出すかもな」
Mother-Father「ふむ・・・賭けてみるとするか」
Mother-Father「門は開けておこう」

[Mother Father 2]
say 1 = Mother-Father: This tribe has existed in this cave since the great cataclysm.
say 2 = After the continent fell into the ocean our surviving ancestors came upon the cave on this island.
say 3 = Soon other creatures who had survived the catastrophe began moving in as well.
say 4 = But they saw that people quickly reverted to petty bickering, lies, and jealousy...
say 5 = The ancestors believed it was these behaviors that allowed the evil demon to attack in the first place.
say 6 = They decided to cut us off from the rest of the world... to protect us from all corrupting forces.
say 7 = But now with all these ground quakes our safe-haven is going to be our grave.
say 8 = Maybe our ancestors were wrong...
lines = 8
[マザーとファーザー 2]
Mother-Father「大災害以来、我ら一族はこの洞窟で暮らしていた」
Mother-Father「大陸が海に沈み、生き残った祖先たちはこの島の洞窟を見つけた」
Mother-Father「ほかの生き残りたちも同様に、この洞窟に入植してきた」
Mother-Father「だが人々はと言うとくだらない争いごとをし、人を騙し、嫉妬にかられるようになっていた・・・」
Mother-Father「悪魔につけこまれたのは、人々のこういった振る舞いが原因だと祖先たちは考えた」
Mother-Father「そして世界との関わりを断絶することに決めたのだ・・・堕落のもととなるものから身を守るためにな」
Mother-Father「しかし現在は地震のために、シェルターは墓に変わろうとしている」
Mother-Father「我らの祖先は間違っていたのかもしれぬ・・・」

________________________________________
[Worm NPC E 2]
say 1 = Terr: HELP! During that quake this rock fell on me.
say 2 = Think you could help me? I'm going to need you to...
say 3 = go find someone strong to push this rock off me.
say 4 = ...
say 5 = What? You can push it? Stop joking around.
say 6 = Go get me help!
lines = 6
[ミミズ NPC E2]
Terr「助けて！地震で岩に挟まれたんだ」
Terr「助けてくれない？なんでもするから・・・」
Terr「岩をどかせられるくらい強いひとを探しに行ってくれないか」
Terr「・・・」
Terr「え？自分ならできるって？冗談はやめてくれよ」
Terr「さあ助けを呼んできてくれ！」

[Worm NPC E 3]
say 1 = Terr: ... You're stronger than you look.
say 2 = ...
say 3 = Yes, I'll be fine. Good thing we worms can regenerate.
say 4 = The quake knocked the gate down too.
say 5 = I guess you should get going.
Say 6 = I'm sure Mother-Father will want to have this gate repaired.
say 7 = One more thing... Thank you.
lines = 7
[ミミズ NPC E3]
Terr「・・・きみって見た目以上に強いんだね」
Terr「・・・」
Terr「ああ、ぼくは平気だよ。」
Terr「虫の再生能力はすごいからね」
Terr「門も地震で崩れたみたいだよ」
Terr「向こうへ行くつもりなんだろう？」
Terr「母父さんがきっと門を修理しておくだろうさ」
Terr「それから・・・ありがとう」
________________________________________
その６
[Parrot Somora 1]
say 1 = I've only ever heard rumors of Somora City.
say 2 = If we're going to find a sail anywhere it'd be around here.
lines = 2
[オウム Somora 1]
Somoraについてはウワサ程度しか知らないな。
帆があるっていうんならこのあたりにあるんだろうよ。

[Overworld Pillbug B 1]
say 1 = Olli: Hello stranger.
say 2 = You look like an honest young simian.
say 3 = Think you could do this old man a favor?
say 4 = ...
Say 5 = Before you answer, let me explain my situation.
say 6 = I can't take all these quakes we've had lately.
say 7 = So I sold everything I had and left with only a sack of cash.
say 8 = ...
say 9 = What's cash?
say 10 = You're kidding! Cash?... money?.. dinero?... silver?... gold?...
say 11 = Money is the most important thing in the world.
say 12 = With money you can buy anything you want...
say 13 = Hats, for example!
say 14 = But it seems that during that last quake I dropped my sack of money.
say 15 = I think I dropped it in this cave here next to us.
say 16 = I can't continue my journey without it.
say 17 = If you can find it for me I'll reward you.
say 18 = You can keep any loose coins I may have dropped along the way.
say 19 = Be careful, young mammal, that cave is dangerous.
lines = 19
[オーバーワールド 丸虫 B 1]
Olli「こんにちわ、旅人さん」
Olli「若くて誠実そうなおサルさんだね」
Olli「この老体の願いをちょっと聞いてはくれないかね」
Olli「・・・」
Olli「返事を聞く前に、状況の説明だけでもさせてくれ」
Olli「ここ最近の地震に耐えられなくなったんだ」
Olli「それで持ち物を全て売り払い、現金1袋だけもって逃げ出したのさ」
Olli「・・・」
Olli「現金とはなにかって？」
Olli「おいおい冗談だろう！現金？・・・お金？・・・マネー？・・・銀貨？・・・金貨？」
Olli「お金っていうのは世界で1番大切なものだよ」
Olli「お金があれば欲しいものはなんだって買える・・・」
Olli「例えば、帽子とかね！」
Olli「でもさっきの地震で現金の入った袋を落としてしまったみたいなんだ」
Olli「きっとここの隣にある洞窟に落としてしまったのだと思う」
Olli「あれがないと旅を続けることができないんだ」
Olli「もし見つけてくれたら礼をはずむよ」
Olli「道に落としてしまったお金は1つ残らず回収してくれ」
Olli「気をつけたまえ、若き哺乳類よ。この洞窟は危険に満ちている」

________________________________________
[Parrot Spike Air Rooms 1]
say 1 = Watch your step in here, kid
say 2 = Looks dangerous.
lines = 2
[オウム スパイクエアールーム 1]
足元に気をつけな。
油断は禁物だぜ。

[Overworld Pillbug B 2]
say 1 = Olli: Thank you, young mammal.
say 2 = That's my sack, all right.
say 3 = Let me see here...
say 4 = ...
say 5 = Yep. It's all here.
say 6 = And now for your reward...
lines = 6
[オーバーワールド 丸虫 B 1]
Olli「感謝する、若き哺乳類よ」
Olli「うむ、これは私の袋だ」
Olli「中身を確認と・・・」
Olli「・・・」
Olli「うむ、全部入っているな」
Olli「よし、これが謝礼だよ」

[Overworld Pillbug B 3]
say 1 = Olli: Thank you for helping me young mammal!
say 2 = If you ever see any coins laying around, you should grab them.
say 3 = How do you think I became so rich?
say 4 = Not by passing up good, clean money.
say 5 = By the way, there's a great general store in Somora.
say 6 = It carries just about anything you could possibly want.
say 7 = I think I even saw a boat sail there once, but who would want something like that?
lines = 7
[オーバーワールド 丸虫 B 1]
Olli「若き哺乳類よ、協力に感謝する！」
Olli「他にコインを見つけたら、とっておいてくれたまえ」
Olli「どうやって私は裕福になったと思う？」
Olli「袖の下からのお金を渡したわけじゃないぞ、クリーンな金だ」
Olli「ところで、Somoraには大きな雑貨屋がある」
Olli「君が探しているものも取り扱っているだろう」
Olli「船の帆が置いてあるのをみたことがあるが、あんなものだれが欲しがるというのだろうな？」

[Notebook 2]
say 1 = Baggus' Journal Entry 63, Year 717 AC
say 2 = While hunting for the Echo Mirror treasure we have stumbled on what appears to be a city of insects.
say 3 = At first all the creatures we ran across either reacted violently or ran into hiding.
say 4 = However, Gagwin's son was able to befriend a wise looking pill bug wearing a turban.
say 5 = His childlike innocence must have connected with the simple creature.
say 6 = The pill bug led us to the center of the city named Somora.
say 7 = The city teemed with a variety of insects, from whom we were able to gather enough information to continue on our quest.
say 8 = We also learned that the residents of Somora have voluntarily cut themselves off from the outside world.
say 9 = They worship Otus, one of the three gods thought to have created the life on this planet.
say 10 = They believe in living a harmonious life where every good action they do brings them closer to perfection...
say 11 = ... and fear that if people from the outside world were able to come and go, corruption would follow.
say 12 = That explains why our reception was so... lukewarm, to say the least.
say 13 = Oh... one more thing.
say 14 = Be cautious if you see any small holes in the walls. They house some nasty, mean worms with sharp teeth.
say 15 = They'll jump out and attack anyone who gets close. We learned this the hard way.
lines = 15
[ノートブック 2]
Baggusの冒険記録 63巻 AC717年
Echo Mirrorの秘宝を求めている最中、偶然にも我々は昆虫の都市を見つけ出した。
我々が出くわした虫たちは、最初は威嚇したり隠れたりしていた。
だが、Gagwinの息子が、ターバンを巻いた賢そうなダンゴムシと仲良くなった。
子供特有の無邪気さが、シンプルな生物との絆を結んだに違いない。
そのダンゴムシはSomoraという名の都市の中心部に我々を案内してくれた。
その都市は様々な虫たちで構成されており、冒険を続けるのに必要な情報を彼らから集めることができた。
また、Somoraの住人たちが自ら外の世界との関わりを絶ったということも知った。
彼らはOtusという神を崇拝している。3神のうちの1体であり、この星の生命を創ったとされている。
善行を積んで、より完全なものとなるような満ち足りた生活を彼らは信仰しているのだ・・・
・・・そして外界からの訪問者が増えてしまったら、のちのち堕落が起こってしまうであろうことを恐れているのだ。
その説明ではなぜ我々が受け入れられたのか・・・説明不足で中途半端だな、控えめに言っても。
おっと・・・それからもう一つ。
壁に小さな穴が開いているのを見かけたら用心するんだ。鋭い歯をもった汚くてみずぼらしいワームがいるのだ。
彼らは飛び出してきては、近づく者をみな攻撃する。我々は大変なやりかたでこのことを理解した。

[Somora Sign]
say 1 = Welcome to Town of Somora.
lines = 1
[Somoraの看板]
Somoraの街へようこそ

[Overworld Pillbug A 1]
say 1 = Darbar: Hello, friend. Welcome to my humble home.
say 2 = Are you here to seek answers about the old times?
say 3 = ...
say 4 = No? But that's what I do! Would you deprive me of my only joy in life?
say 5 = You see, long ago humans and animals actually lived and worked together.
say 6 = Animals could wield all kinds of elemental magic...
say 7 = ... and humans had a strong grasp of science and the laws of nature.
say 8 = For a long time they were able to work together, combining science and magic to create glorious cities.
say 9 = But groups of humans and animals began to distrust one another...
say 10 = Why? Well, there were many reasons...
say 11 = Regardless of why, wars began to erupt in the world.
say 12 = Peace was eventually gained, but it was too late.
say 13 = The violence and strife had awakened an evil demon, who sought the destruction of the world.
say 14 = You probably know the rest... I'm sure you humans haven't COMPLETELY forgotten your past.
lines = 14
[オーバーワールド 丸虫 A 1]
Darbar「いらっしゃい。この質素な我が家へようこそ」
Darbar「過去の答えを求めてここに来たのかい？」
Darbar「・・・」
Darbar「違うって？でも僕はいつもそうしているんだ！唯一の生きがいを取り上げようっていうのかい？」
Darbar「ほら、遠い昔は人間と動物たちはともに助けあって生活してただろう」
Darbar「動物は自然界の力を借りた魔法を扱えたし・・・」
Darbar「・・・人間は科学や自然界の法則をしっかりと理解していた」
Darbar「ずっと人間と動物はうまくやっていたんだ。そして壮大な都市をつくり上げるために、科学と魔法を組み合わせた」
Darbar「しかし彼らはお互いに不信感を抱き始めた・・・」
Darbar「どうしてかって？えっと、いろんな理由があってね・・・」
Darbar「まあ理由はともあれ、戦争が勃発した」
Darbar「最終的には平和が戻ったんだけど、もう手遅れだった」
Darbar「暴力と争いによって悪魔が目覚め、世界を破壊に導こうとした」
Darbar「それからのことは君も知っているだろう・・・君たち人間は歴史を忘れないだろうからね」

[Somora Hat Store Sign]
say 1 = Hat Store
say 2 = Closed due to ground quakes
lines = 2
[Somora 帽子屋の看板]
帽子屋
地震のため閉店中。

[Overworld Mayor 1]
say 1 = Mayor Mel: Greetings, stranger. I'm the Mayor of Somora.
say 2 = Sorry, I can't really talk... I've got a lot on my mind.
say 3 = ...
say 4 = If you're looking for the general store I'm afraid you're out of luck
say 5 = It's on the other side of this bridge, which has fallen into disrepair thanks to these ground quakes.
say 6 = Nearly everyone in town has evacuated and it's up to me to rebuild.
say 7 = But I'm surrounded by incompetence... I'll never be able to get this bridge fixed at this rate...
say 8 = By the way, if you run into a roach on the other side of the bridge...
say 9 = ...ask him why the repairs are taking so long.
lines = 9
[Overworld 市長1]
Mayor Mel「ようこそ、旅人よ私がSomoraの市長です」
Mayor Mel「申し訳ないが、ゆっくりとお話はできないのです。なにしろ考えなければならないことが山積みで・・・」
Mayor Mel「・・・」
Mayor Mel「雑貨屋をお探しなのですか。残念ですが、運がありませんでしたね」
Mayor Mel「向こう岸へ渡るための橋がこの地震で壊れてしまい、修理もままならない状況なのです」
Mayor Mel「住人の多数は避難することができました、再建は私の腕次第というわけです」
Mayor Mel「しかし周りには能力のない者ばかりでして・・・この調子では橋の修理などとうてい無理でしょうね」
Mayor Mel「ところで、もし橋の向こう側で虫に出会ったら・・・」
Mayor Mel「・・・なぜ修理にこんなに時間がかかるのか聞いておいてくれませんか？」

________________________________________
[Parrot Pillbug Bros Room 1]
say 1 = I don't think you can trust these bugs.
say 2 = They are sketchy characters.
lines = 2
[オウム 丸虫兄弟 ルーム 1]
あのムシどもの言うことは信用ならないな。
ヤツらどうも疑わしいぜ。

[Pill Bug Bro 1]
say 1 = Kray: Sorry about my brother down there.
say 2 = He's a little... slow. And he doesn't care much for strangers.
say 3 = ...
say 4 = You're looking for the general store?
say 5 = You're out of luck. It's on the other side of the broken bridge.
say 6 = I'm trying to get over there too.
say 7 = But the mayor's an old coot who can't seem to get anything done.
say 8 = I don't have time for that and it looks like neither do you.
say 9 = I know for a fact that there is another way over there just past this gate.
say 10 = If you can figure out how to open it it'll get us both where we need to go.
lines = 10
[丸虫 兄 1]
Kray「下にいた弟が迷惑を掛けたな」
Kray「そのちょっとな・・・頭が弱いんだよ。それに知らない人は苦手なのさ」
Kray「・・・」
Kray「雑貨屋を探してる、だって？」
Kray「ツイてないな。向こうへ渡るための橋は壊れちまってる」
Kray「俺だってなんとかしようとしてみたさ」
Kray「でも市長のアホはなんにも動いてくれやしねえ」
Kray「あんたも俺もぐずぐずはしていられないみたいだな」
Kray「実はな、向こうにもう1つ古いゲートがあるのを知ってるんだ」
Kray「もし開け方が分かりさえすれば目的の場所に行けるんだがな」

[Pill Bug Bro 2]
say 1 = Kray: Woah, you did it...
say 2 = ...
say 3 = Well, uh, anyway...
say 4 = See you around.
lines = 4
[丸虫 兄 2]
Kray「おお、やったな・・・」
Kray「・・・」
Kray「えっと、う、その・・・」
Kray「じゃあまたな」

________________________________________
[Overworld Bridge NPC 1]
say 1 = Amos: The mayor tasked me with fixing this bridge...
say 2 = I rebuilt it and hooked it up to this windmill so we could lift it into place.
say 3 = But I forgot that there isn't any wind inside this cave.
say 4 = Maybe I should have thought about it more...
lines = 4
[オーバーワールド ブリッジ NPC 1]
Amos「市長はぼくに橋の修理を依頼した・・・」
Amos「橋の基礎を修理して、この風車と連動させて持ち上げようとしたんだ」
Amos「でも忘れてたよ、洞窟の中に風は吹かないって」
Amos「もっとよく考えてから行動するべきだったよ・・・」

________________________________________
[Somora Spider 1]
say 1 = Loxo: I can't believe this general store has been abandoned.
say 2 = I traveled for days to get here...
say 3 = I wanted to buy a new stove.
say 4 = By the way, have you noticed that if you move an object around, leave the area...
say 5 = ... and come back, sometimes the object moves back to its original position?
say 6 = It's kind of creepy.
lines = 6
[Somora クモ 1]
Loxo「この雑貨屋がもう店じまいしてたなんて」
Loxo「ここに来るためにずっと旅をしてきたのに・・・」
Loxo「新しいストーブが欲しかったんだけどなあ」
Loxo「ところで、オブジェクトを動かしたあと、そのエリアを出て・・・」
Loxo「・・・また戻ってくると、動かしたオブジェクトも元の位置に戻るって知ってた？」
Loxo「気味が悪いよねえ」

[Parrot General Store 1]
say 1 = This looks like it used to be a general store.
say 2 = It's been abandoned.
say 3 = Maybe there's a sail in this mess somewhere.
lines = 3
[オウム 雑貨屋 1]
ここは雑貨屋だったみたいだな。
もうつぶれちまってる。
このガラクタの中に帆があるかもしれないぜ。

[Item Pick Up Sail]
say 1 = You got a Sail!
lines = 1
[アイテム入手 帆]
帆を手に入れた！

________________________________________
[Parrot Somora 2]
say 1 = Who knew there was a whole city of bugs living in this cave?
lines = 1
[オウム Somora 2]
こんな洞窟に虫しかいない都市があるなんて誰が想像しただろうなあ？
________________________________________
[Caterpillar 1]
say 1 = Edward: The ground quakes have been opening all sorts of natural geysers in this area.
say 2 = Some of them just spew air, but some, like in here, are spewing fire.
say 3 = It was enough to drive most people out of Somora.
say 4 = But I've stayed behind for scientific purposes.
say 5 = I'm trying to discover new ways to harness natural energy sources.
Lines = 5
[イモムシ 1]
Edward「地震によって地面からいろんなものが噴き出すようになったんだ」
Edward「ある場所では空気とかだけど、ここでは火が噴き出ている」
Edward「Somoraの住人が逃げ出すには十分な理由だった」
Edward「でも私はある研究のためにここに残っている」
Edward「自然界の資源を活用する方法を探しているのさ」

________________________________________
[Parrot Compass Sail 3]
say 1 = We've got a sail and compass at last.
say 2 = We should check back in with Baggus at the museum.
lines = 2
[オウム コンパスと帆 3]
ようやく帆とコンパスが揃ったな。
博物館のBaggusのとこまで戻ってみようぜ。

[Item Pick Up Baseball Hat]
say 1 = You got a Baseball Hat!
lines = 1
[アイテム入手 ベースボールハット]
ベースボールハットを手に入れた！

[Brooks 2]
say 1 = Brooks: I see you got yourself a sail.
say 2 = You should be able to travel all over the place now.
say 3 = I would recommend checking out Donausel City Island.
say 4 = It's just north-east from here.
lines = 4
[Brooks 2]
Brooks「帆を手に入れたようだな」
Brooks「今ならいろんな場所へ行くことができるはずだ」
Brooks「Donauselシティアイランドに向かうといい」
Brooks「ここから北東に行ったところだ」

[Barney 2]
say 1 = Barney: We like to hang out there on, uh... certain nights.
say 2 = You are of age, right?
say 3 = Haha, well anyway... maybe we'll see you there sometime, kid.
lines = 3
[Barney 1]
Barney「この辺りにいるのが好きなんだ、ああ・・・夜になってもな」
Barney「お前ももう大人だろ？」
Barney「ははは、ええととにかく・・・俺たちはこの辺りにいるぜ」
________________________________________
________________________________________
その７
[Baggus Outside Museum 1]
say 1 = Baggus: Wow, you actually found a compass and sail. That's great!
say 2 = Quick - come inside. I'm going to teach you how to be a great adventurer!
lines = 2
[博物館の外にいるBaggus 1]
Baggus「おお、コンパスと帆を手に入れたんだな。おめでとう！」
Baggus「さあ、中に入って。偉大な冒険家になる方法を教えようじゃないか！」

[Museum Guy 6]
say 1 = Baggus: Wow, you did it, you found a compass and a sail.
say 2 = I never should have doubted you, kid.
say 3 = ...
say 4 = Listen, there's something about that sea chart I didn't tell you.
say 5 = I've seen it before...
say 6 = It's what originally led me to this island.
say 7 = You see... years ago my partner, his young son and I were searching for a legendary temple.
say 8 = It was claimed that it contained a chamber that could grant people immeasurable power.
say 9 = That room is located deep in what is now the basement of this museum.
say 10 = It's not really a basement as much as it is a temple...
say 11 = ... built by a self-proclaimed wizard who's been dead for centuries.
say 12 = He built it to protect the immense power that he had accumulated to defeat an evil demon.
say 13 = He cleverly designed it so that all 12 of his enchanted possessions had to be gathered together and brought here.
say 14 = In order to gain access to the secret room...
say 15 = ...my partner, his son and I gathered all 12 artifacts. We brought them to this island...
say 16 = ...navigated our way through the treacherous temple, and found the room!
say 17 = However... something went wrong... there's no need to go into the details...
Say 18 = But all that matters is that my life's work was ruined.
Say 19 = The 12 artifacts we had hunted for were scattered across the earth along with all my notes and maps.
say 20 = My life dream is to unearth these artifacts and share them with the world.
say 21 = But now I feel it's also important to protect them from those who might try to use them for the wrong reasons.
say 22 = So I built this museum here to house the 12 artifacts as I collected them from around the world... again.
Say 23 = The problem is, I've gotten too old for that kind of adventure.
say 24 = But, fate must have brought you here through that map of yours.
say 25 = So, what do you say? Want to help me unearth this ancient mystery?
say 26 = I even know where we can start.
say 27 = I've been doing some research and I think I've located the first artifact... again
say 28 = I made a map for you. You're going to have to travel farther than you have before.
say 29 = This map I'm giving you will require you to travel to the east.
Say 30 = It will then lead you to the first artifact.
say 31 = If you're still confused about how to use your compass try reading this book.
say 32 = Good luck kid.
lines = 32
[博物館の男 6]
Baggus「おお、やったね、コンパスと帆を手に入れたんだね」
Baggus「君ならできると信じていたよ」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「聞いてほしい、まだその海図について言っていないことがあるんだ」
Baggus「その海図は、以前にも見たことがある・・・」
Baggus「そもそもそれはこの島に上陸するのに使ったものだ」
Baggus「ほら・・・数年前に僕の相棒とその息子といっしょに、伝説に記された寺院を探していたんだ」
Baggus「そこには計り知れない力を授けるという部屋があるらしい」
Baggus「その部屋はこの博物館の地下深くにある」
Baggus「寺院には似つかわしくないほど深く地下が広がっていて・・・」
Baggus「・・・数世紀前に死んだ魔法使いと名乗る人物によって作られた」
Baggus「悪魔を打ち倒すために蓄えた強大な力を封印するためにこの寺院を建てた」
Baggus「彼は巧妙にも、彼の力が宿った12の財宝を集めここに持って来なければならないように設計した」
Baggus「秘密の部屋に侵入するため・・・」
Baggus「僕の相棒と息子、それから僕の3人で12の秘宝をすべて集めた。この島に秘宝を持ち運んだんだ」
Baggus「危険な道をかいくぐり、ついに部屋を発見した！」
Baggus「しかしだ・・・そこでなにか間違いが起こった・・・詳しく言うつもりはないが・・・」
Baggus「とにかく僕のライフワークはそこでめちゃくちゃになってしまったんだ」
Baggus「苦労して手に入れた12の秘宝も、僕のノートや地図といっしょに散り散りになってしまった」
Baggus「僕の夢は、これらの秘宝を探しだして一般に公表することなのさ」
Baggus「でもいまは間違った使い方をしようとしている人たちから保護する必要もあると感じている」
Baggus「それでもう一度・・・世界中に散らばった秘宝を集めコレクションするためにこの博物館を建てたんだ」
Baggus「問題点は、冒険するには僕は歳を取り過ぎてしまったことだ」
Baggus「でも地図が君をここまで導いてくれた、これは運命だ」
Baggus「どうだい？古代の謎を解き明かす手助けをしてくれないか？」
Baggus「なにから始めればいいかはわかってる」
Baggus「研究を続けていた成果が出た、最初の秘宝の場所を・・・再び突き止めたんだよ」
Baggus「君のために地図を作ったよ。これまでよりももっと遠くへ旅をしなければならないだろうね」
Baggus「この地図が指している方角はここから東だ」
Baggus「地図に従えば最初の秘宝を手に入れることができるだろう」
Baggus「幸運を祈るよ」

[Item Pick Up Treasure Map 1]
say 1 = You got a Treasure Map!
lines = 1
[アイテム入手 トレジャーマップ 1]
トレジャーマップを手に入れた！

[Museum Guy 7]
say 1 = Baggus: You need to find all 12 artifacts and bring them back here.
say 2 = The first one is located far to the east.
say 3 = The map I gave you should point you in the right direction.
say 4 = If you're still confused about how to use your compass try reading this book.
lines = 4
[博物館の男 7]
Baggus「12の秘宝全てを手に入れたらここに戻ってきてくれ」
Baggus「1つ目の秘宝ははるか東にある」
Baggus「君に渡した地図は進むべき道を示してくれる」
Baggus「コンパスの使い方がよくわからなければこの本に目を通すといいよ」

[Compass Book 1]
say 1 = Navigating by Compass
say 2 = Most modern compasses can be useful in a number of ways.
say 3 = First, they will tell the user their current coordinate position.
say 4 = X refers to the current horizontal position, Y refers to the vertical position.
say 5 = Many cartographers used these coordinates to create maps of the world. You could do it, too!
say 6 = Second, a compass will point a user directly to another coordinate.
say 7 = Any x,y coordinates can be entered into the compass.
say 8 = The arrow of the compass will then always point the user directly to that coordinate.
say 9 = This is very useful when the user has a map with an x,y coordinate destination.
say 10 = Please also remember that most modern compasses will not work indoors.
lines = 10
[コンパスについての本 1]
コンパスの使い方
コンパスは様々な場面で役に立ちます。
まず、コンパスを見れば現在の座標が分かります。
Xは水平の位置を、Yは垂直の位置を示しています。
地図製作者はこの2つをもとに地図を作成するのです。あなたにもできますよ！
もう1点の利点として、コンパスは特定の座標を指し示します。
どんな座標でもコンパスに登録することができます。
コンパスの表面についている矢印が、その特定の座標を指し示すのです。
X・Y座標が判明している地図を持っているなら、とても役に立つ機能といえるでしょう。
コンパスは屋内では動作しないことには注意してくださいね。
________________________________________
[Parrot Treasure 2]
say 1 = Baggus gave us the map to the first treasure.
say 2 = If you point our compass to the coordinates on that map we should be able to find it, no problem.
lines = 2
[オウム トレジャー 2]
Baggusは最初のお宝の地図をくれたんだよな。
座標に従って進めば見つかるさ、ノープロブレムだぜ。

[Camper 2]
say 1 = Trevor: That compass you have looks just like the one I lost.
say 2 = If I had a compass like that I'd easily be able to find my way home.
lines = 2
[キャンパー 2]
Trevor「そのコンパス、私が失くしたものと似ているなあ」
Trevor「コンパスがあれば簡単に家に帰れるのになあ」

________________________________________
[Island Sign 11]
say 1 = Welcome to Cologel Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 11]
Cologelアイランドへようこそ
________________________________________
[Island Sign 12]
say 1 = Welcome to Tenerife Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 11]
Tenerifeアイランドへようこそ
________________________________________
[Parrot Saloon]
say 1 = Hey, I don't think you're old enough to be drinking.
lines = 1
[オウム サルーン]
おい、オマエまだ酒が飲めるトシじゃねえだろ。

[Saloon Big Guy 1]
say 1 = Jonah: Have you ever seen a giant red tusked scarab?
say 2 = You'd know it if you had... *hic*
say 3 = Listen, youngster... *hic*
say 4 = If you ever run into one make sure you're wearing something purple.
say 5 = The color purple scares them and it's the only thing that'll keep them from tearing you apart.
say 6 = Anything purple will work; shoes, pants, a ha...*hic*
lines = 6
[サルーン 大男 1]
Jonah「赤い牙の生えたスカラベを見たことあるか？」
Jonah「見たことあるならわかってると思うが・・・ヒック」
Jonah「聞けよ、若いの・・・ヒック」
Jonah「そのスカラベに出くわしたら、紫色のものを身に着けていないかどうか確認するんだぞ」
Jonah「ヤツらは紫色が苦手なんだ、紫を身に付けるのが身を守る方法なのさ」
Jonah「紫だったらなんでもオーケーだ、シューズとか、パンツ、帽・・・ヒック」

[Saloon Reyes Boothman 1]
say 1 = Reyes: Hey, what brings you all the way out here to the desert?
say 2 = Treasure? Ahahahahahah!
say 3 = I haven't seen any treasure hunters around here in at least 10 years.
say 4 = They used to love exploring the pyramids nearby...
say 5 = I don't think they ever found anything though.
lines = 5
[サルーン Reyes ブースマン 1]
Reyes「やあ、こんな砂漠くんだりまでなんの用事だい？」
Reyes「財宝だって？アッハッハッハ！」
Reyes「少なくとも10年間は、トレジャーハンターなんて会ってないぜ」
Reyes「彼らはピラミッドを好んで探索してたっけなあ・・・」
Reyes「でもなにも見つからなかったんじゃないかなあ」

[Saloon Mindi Eckols 1]
say 1 = Mindi: When I was younger my boyfriend and I used to sneak into the pyramid near here.
say 2 = It was dangerous and exciting!
say 3 = The doors to the pyramid are only open at certain times of the day.
say 4 = We used to sneak in during the middle of the night to, uh... fool around.
say 5 = That was a long time ago though...
say 6 = Now he works on a cargo ship for GloboCorp and I hardly see him anymore.
lines = 6
[サルーン Mindi Eckols 1]
Mindi「若かった頃は、ボーイフレンドといっしょに近くのピラミッドに忍び込んだものよ」
Mindi「危険でスリリングなのよ！」
Mindi「ピラミッドの扉は特定の時刻にしか開かない仕組みになってるの」
Mindi「私達は一晩中ピラミッドの中で・・・若気の至りってやつね」
Mindi「ずいぶん昔の話よ」
Mindi「その彼はいまGloboCorpで貨物船の仕事をしてるわ。ほとんど会うことはなくなったわね」

[Saloon Buy Shark Rep 1]
say 1 = Lenny: We've been having a big shark problem around here lately. I think they are attracted to the warm water.
say 2 = That's why I've been making my own shark repellent.
say 3 = Business has been booming.
say 4 = Would you like to buy a spray? Keep in mind that it only works for a limited time.
say 5 = It's best to buy it right before you're going to be in contact with sharks.
lines = 5
[サルーン サメ避けを買う 1]
Lenny「最近この辺りに大きなサメが現れて困ってるんだ。海水が暖かくなったことが影響してると思うんだが」
Lenny「そんなわけでサメ避けのスプレーを作ってるんだ」
Lenny「ビジネスは好調さ」
Lenny「スプレーが欲しいのかい？なら効果のある時間は限られているってことを忘れないように」
Lenny「サメに出くわす前にこの買い物が出来てよかったねえ」

[Saloon Buy Shark Rep 2]
say 1 = Lenny: Come back when you have a few more coins.
lines = 1
[サルーン サメ避けを買う 2]
Lenny「お金が用意できたらまたおいで」

[Saloon Buy Shark Rep 3]
say 1 = Lenny: Thanks, kid.
say 2 = Remember: it only works for a little while.
say 3 = If it wears off, stop back and I'll give you another spray down.
say 4 = Oh yeah, it also works underwater. Great for treasure hunting!
lines = 4
[サルーン サメ避けを買う 3]
Lenny「毎度どうも」
Lenny「効果時間はわずかな間だけだ」
Lenny「効き目がなくなったと思ったら引き返してくれ、またスプレーをあげるよ」
Lenny「そうだよ、このスプレーは水中でだって効果があるんだ。お宝探しがんばってな！」


[Bought Shark Rep]
say 1 = You bought Shark Repellent!
lines = 1
[サメ避け購入 1]
サメ避けを買った！

[Saloon Book 1]
say 1 = Treasure Hunting Tips:
say 2 = Any treasure hunter worth his salt knows how to look for signs.
say 3 = A rudimentary exercise for any successful hunter is to look at the ground for discolorations.
say 4 = If you see a spot on the ground that looks slightly different than the surrounding area...
say 5 = ...it's a good idea to stop for a moment and plunge your shovel into the earth.
say 6 = Who knows what you might find?
lines = 6
[サルーンの本 1]
トレジャーハンティング ヒント集
優秀なトレジャーハンターならば、サインの探し方を心得ています。
素晴らしいトレジャーハンターになるための初歩としては、色の違う地面を探すことです。
もし周囲と色が違う地面を見つけたら・・・
足を止めてシャベルで掘り返してみるのもよいでしょう。
なにが見つかるかはお楽しみ？
________________________________________
[Item Pick Up Shovel]
say 1 = You got a Shovel!
say 2 = Press DOWN + ACTION to dig.
lines = 2
[アイテム入手 シャベル]
シャベルを手に入れた！
下キーとアクションボタンを押すと掘ることができるぞ。

[Parrot Pyramid Shovel 1]
say 1 = I don't think you stand a chance against these tusked scarabs.
say 2 = They're mean looking.
lines = 2
[オウム ピラミッドとシャベル 1]
牙の生えたスカラベと戦って勝てる見込みは薄そうだぜ。
意地が悪そうな顔してやがるし。

[Parrot Pyramid Shovel 2]
say 1 = That shovel should prove useful. You should be able to dig up plenty of treasures with that.
say 2 = Don't tell me I have to explain how to use a shovel!
say 3 = Just stand over somewhere you want to dig, then press DOWN and ACTION.
say 4 = Maybe you can use it for something useful -- like getting us out of here!
lines = 4
[オウム ピラミッドとシャベル 2]
そのシャベルはきっと使えるぜ。ソイツでたくさんのお宝を掘り出してやるんだ。
まさかシャベルの使い方がわからないなんて言うんじゃないだろうな！
掘りたい場所の上に立って、下キーを押しながらアクションボタンだ。
せっくだし有効活用していこうぜ――例えばここから脱出するのに使ったりな！

[Notebook 4]
say 1 = Baggus' Journal Entry 23, Year 717 AC
say 2 = My research into the location of the 12 ancient treasures led us to the desert.
say 3 = We've been here for weeks searching the old pyramids and digging in the sand for any clues.
say 4 = Currently we've set up a dig inside the smaller of the two pyramids.
say 5 = I'm hoping to have a breakthrough any day now...
say 6 = I'm going to have to cut the entry short --
say 7 = -- Huge Red Beetles!!
lines = 7
[ノートブック 4]
Baggusの冒険記録 23巻 AC717年
僕の調査によれば、12の秘宝の1つはこの砂漠にあるようだ。
我々は手がかりを得るために、数週間ピラミッドを探索し砂を掘り続けていた。

すぐにでも進展してくれればいいのだが・・・

――巨大赤カブト虫だ！！


________________________________________
その８
[Parrot Big Pyramid]
say 1 = This pyramid is huge.
say 2 = Keep your eyes open for any clues that might help us find a way through.
lines = 2
[オウム ビッグピラミッド]
このピラミッドは相当広いぜ。
アヤシイ場所を見逃さないように目を光らせておけよ。

[Pyramid Puzzle Sign]
say 1 = This button should be used with extreme caution.
say 2 = Pressing it reverses time to the point when one first entered this temple.
lines = 2
[ピラミッドパズル 看板]
このボタンを押すときは細心の注意を払うこと。
ボタンを押すとピラミッドに入ってきた状態に時間が戻ります。

[Parrot Golem 1]
say 1 = Looks like we found our first treasure!
lines = 1
[オウム ゴーレム 1]
どうやら最初のお宝を見つけたみたいだな！

[Parrot Golem 2]
say 1 = I don't like the way this thing is looking at us.
say 2 = Let's show him he can't push us around.
lines = 2
[オウム ゴーレム 1]
コイツの顔、憎たらしくってキライだぜ。
目にもの見せてやるぜ。

[Item Pickup Treasure 1]
say 1 = You got a Treasure!
lines = 1
[アイテム入手 トレジャー 1]
トレジャーを手に入れた！
________________________________________
[Parrot Treasure 1]
say 1 = We found the first treasure!
say 2 = We need to bring this back to Baggus.
say 3 = Hopefully he'll be able to help find the rest of them.
lines = 3
[オウム トレジャー 1]
1つ目のお宝を手に入れたな！
Baggusのところに戻って見せてやろうぜ。
他のお宝探しのヒントをくれるかもな。
________________________________________
[Roelof 1]
say 1 = Roelof: So you're the kid who's going around collecting all the ancient treasures?
say 2 = You're kind of small to be a treasure hunter, aren't you?
say 3 = You might get hurt doing something dangerous like that.
lines = 3
[Roelof 1]
Roelof「古代の秘宝を探し回っているガキってのはキサマかあ？」
Roelof「トレジャーハンターにしてはずいぶん小さいなあ？」
Roelof「そんなんじゃあケガしちまうぜ」

[Lugus 1]
say 1 = Lugus: Yeah... you're small... and little and...
say 2 = ...our boss told us to take care of you... he...
lines = 2
[Lugus 1]
Lugus「そうだそうだ・・・てめえはチビで・・・小さくて・・・それから・・・」
Lugus「船長はお前のカラダを気づかってだな・・・船長は・・・」

[Roelof 2]
say 1 = Roelof: Shut up, Lugus!
say 2 = He doesn't need to know about all that!
say 3 = Besides, this is the end of the line for him anyway.
say 4 = There's no way you, your bird and your little dinghy can survive the onslaught of our cannon!
say 5 = Prepare yourself!
lines = 5
[Roelof 2]
Roelof「黙ってろLugus！」
Roelof「そういうことは言わなくていいんだよ！」
Roelof「それに、ここがこのガキの墓場になるんだからな」
Roelof「そんなトリとボロのボートじゃあ、オレ様の砲撃を避けきれやしないぜ！」
Roelof「覚悟しな！」

[Roelof 3]
say 1 = Roelof: Damn... we're out of cannon balls!
say 2 = I told you we should have bought the value pack!
say 3 = Listen, kid, we're not through with you yet.
say 4 = We're going to restock our supply and find you.
say 5 = We'll be back!
lines = 5
[Roelof 3]
Roelof「チッ・・・弾切れかよ！」
Roelof「だからバリューーパックを買っておけと言っただろうが！」
Roelof「いいか、ガキ、これで終わったと思うなよ」
Roelof「補給が済んだら探しだしてやるからな」
Roelof「また会おうぜ！」

[Lugus 2]
say 1 = Lugus: Yeah... we'll be back to cannon ball you to death.
say 2 = Hahahahahaha!
lines = 2
[Lugus 2]
Lugus「そうだそうだ・・・弾を買ってきたらオマエを殺してやるぞ」
Lugus「ガハハハハハ！」

________________________________________
[Museum Guy 8]
say 1 = Baggus: Wow, you really did it. You found the first treasure.
say 2 = You have this adventuring thing down.
say 3 = I shouldn't be surprised considering you're my old partner's kid.
say 4 = ...
say 5 = ... I know I should have told you sooner...
say 6 = It was you and your father who helped me find the 12 treasures...
say 7 = ...and discover this temple ten years ago.
say 8 = But, when we entered the final chamber something went terribly wrong.
say 9 = A huge release of energy... an explosion... scattered all the treasures we had found.
say 10 = You lost your arm, and apparently your memory, and your father disappeared altogether.
say 11 = I never thought the legends were all true... that the temple actually had any magical power.
say 12 = After the chaos was over, I found you, unconscious... but your father was nowhere to be found.
say 13 = I didn't know the first thing about caring for a young child so I brought you to the nearest inhabited island.
say 14 = I left you on that old couple's doorstep as they looked to be kind and wise.
say 15 = And I left you a map so that you would find your way back here when the time was right.
say 16 = I've kept an eye on you these past ten years as well...
say 17 = That brings me to the real reason why I built this museum and why I need to you find the 12 ancient treasures.
say 18 = Your father may still be alive somewhere deep in the temple!
say 19 = Every treasure that you collect will allow us to go deeper down into the temple.
say 20 = See for yourself. Maybe you'll find something useful down there.
say 21 = I lost all my equipment, maps and notes when that explosion happened.
say 22 = I'm sure a lot of it is still down there somewhere.
lines = 22
[博物館の男 8]
Baggus「おお、とうとうやったんだね。最初のお宝を手に入れたってわけだ」
Baggus「すっかり使いこなしているみたいだね」
Baggus「君が僕の親友の息子だったとしても驚きはしないよ」
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「・・・すぐに言うべきだったのはわかってた・・・」
Baggus「12の秘宝探しに協力してくれたのは、君の父親と君だったんだ・・・」
Baggus「10年前、僕たちはこの寺院を発見した」
Baggus「僕らが最後の部屋に足を踏み入れたとき、恐ろしい誤ちをしでかしてしまったんだ」
Baggus「巨大なエネルギーが放出され・・・爆発が起こり・・・秘宝はバラバラになってしまった」
Baggus「君は腕と記憶を失い、君の父さんは行方不明になった」
Baggus「僕は言い伝えに記されていることが起こるだなんて考えていなかった・・・寺院には魔法の力が宿っているという言い伝えだ」
Baggus「混乱した出来事が収まって、僕は意識不明になっている君を見つけた・・・でも君の父親はどこにも見つからなかった」
Baggus「子供の育て方なんて分からなかったから、近くの人が住んでいる島に君を連れてきた」
Baggus「親切で賢そうな夫婦の家の前に君を置いていったんだ」
Baggus「時が来たらこの場所に戻ってくるように地図も添えてね」
Baggus「10年間ずっと君を見守ってきた・・・」
Baggus「僕が博物館を建て、古の12の秘宝を集めていた本当の理由を話そう」
Baggus「君の父親はこの寺院のどこか深くできっとまだ生きている！」
Baggus「全ての秘宝を集めれば寺院のさらに奥深くまで行くことができるんだ」
Baggus「自分の目で確かめてくれ。なにか役に立つ物もあるかもしれない」
Baggus「爆発に巻き込まれて、装備や地図、ノートを失くしてしまったんだ」
Baggus「そういったものがまだ地下に残っているだろう」

[Museum Treasure 1]
say 1 = Orb of Revelation
say 2 = Allowed the hero to communicate with gods.
lines = 2
[博物館 トレジャー 1]
啓示のオーブ
英雄と神との交信を可能にした。
________________________________________
[Notebook 1]
say 1 = Baggus' Journal Entry 135, Year 718 AC
say 2 = It's truly unbelievable that we have made it to the legendary temple...
say 3 = ... where it's rumored that the hero Huayin locked away the power of the evil demon.
say 4 = It's a good thing that I'm not superstitious or I'd never have come here.
say 5 = I am worried about Gagwin, though.
say 6 = He seems to be growing cold to me as of late.
say 7 = He also seems far too motivated to find out what is at the bottom of this temple.
say 8 = Legend says that the power in this temple is corrupting...
say 9 = ... and only one with an innocent heart, in addition to all 12 treasures, can obtain the power.
say 10 = Speaking of innocent, I feel most sorry for Gagwin's young son.
say 11 = I'm regretting that we ever allowed him to come on this adventure with us.
say 12 = This temple is far too dangerous for him and his father doesn't give him any sympathy.
say 13 = We can't get whatever is in here, and get the hell out, fast enough...
lines = 13
[ノートブック 1]
Baggusの冒険日誌 135日目 AC718年
この伝説の寺院にたどり着けたなんてまさに奇跡だ・・・
・・・ここは英雄Huayinが悪魔の力を封印した場所とされている。
僕が迷信深くなくてよかった。怖くて足がすくんでいただろうからね。
でも心配なのはGagwinだ。
最近はなんだか僕に冷たいんだよな。
この寺院の地下にあるものには、彼も大きな期待を抱いているようだ。
言い伝えによれば、この寺院に眠る力は堕落したものらしい・・・
・・・そして純粋な心の持ち主だけが、12の秘宝と力を得ることができるそうだ。
純粋と言えば、Gagwinの息子のことを考えると胸が痛む。
この冒険に彼を同行させたことを後悔しているんだ。
この寺院は子供にとって危険極まりない、でも父親は彼になんの哀れみの気持ちも抱いていないみたいだ。
冒険は上手く行かず、一目散に逃げ出すことになるかもしれない・・・

[Item Pick Up Lockpick]
say 1 = You got a Lockpick Kit!
say 2 = Press UP next to a lock to use the Lockpick Kit.
say 3 = You must have at least one lockpick to use.
lines = 3
[アイテム入手 ロックピック]
ロックピックを手に入れた！
カギの隣で上キーを押すと使うことができる。
使用するには最低でも1個は所持していなければならない。

[Museum Guy 9]
say 1 = Baggus: Look at that. You found my old lock-pick kit!
say 2 = That will be very helpful to you as a treasure hunter.
say 3 = Many doors and chests can be unlocked with a good lock-pick kit and a little know-how.
say 4 = Just make sure you keep a good supply of lock-picks with you. They can only be used once.
say 5 = Well... it's up to you now, kid. I've given you everything you need to find the rest of the ancient treasures.
say 6 = I don't have any more leads... You'll have to get out there and find them yourself.
say 7 = Make sure to ask everyone you see for any clues.
say 8 = And stop back here if you find any more treasures. There are probably more useful items locked away in the temple.
say 9 = Good luck!
lines = 9
[博物館の男 9]
Baggus「おおこれは！僕が昔使っていたロックピックじゃないか！」
Baggus「トレジャーハンターの君にはきっと有用だろう」
Baggus「ドアや箱なんかのカギは、ロックピックとちょっとした技術さえあれば開けられるのさ」
Baggus「ロックピックのストック数には気をつけるんだよ。1つにつき1回しか使えないからね」
Baggus「さて・・・ここから先のことは自分で決めるんだ。残りの秘宝を見つけるために必要なことはすべて教えたよ」
Baggus「もう教えることはない・・・冒険に出かけ、秘宝を見つけ出すんだ。」
Baggus「手がかりを得るために多くの人に話を聞くようにするといい」
Baggus「もし秘宝を手に入れたら戻ってきてくれ。寺院に残されたアイテムがまだまだあるはずだ」
Baggus「幸運を祈る！」

[Parrot Treasure 3]
say 1 = We have everything we need to start searching for the rest of the treasures.
say 2 = Let's look around for treasure maps and anything else that might give us some clues.
lines = 2
[オウムトレジャー 3]
宝探しの準備はこれで整ったな。
宝の地図や手がかりをかたっぱしから探していこうぜ。
________________________________________
[Lucinda 2]
say 1 = Lucinda: Are you friends with Baggus?
say 2 = His museum is going to be incredible.
say 3 = I can't wait for it to open.
lines = 3
[Lucinda 2]
Lucinda「あなた、Baggusの知り合いなの？」
Lucinda「彼の博物館はきっと素晴らしいものになるわ」
Lucinda「オープンが待ちきれないの」

________________________________________
[Vendor Bot Lockpick 1]
say 1 = VendorBot X10: Hello. I am a GloboCorp VendorBot X10.
say 2 = Please consume my wares.
say 3 = Lockpicks currently available.
say 4 = Look for Vendorbots in all your favorite locations!
lines = 4
[ベンダーボット ロックピック 1]
VendorBot X10「コンニチワ。ワタシはGloboCorpのVendorBot X10デス」
VendorBot X10「ドウゾ我が社の製品をヨロシクオネガイシマス」
VendorBot X10「現在ハ、ロックピックをお求めイタダケマス」
VendorBot X10「イロイロな場所でVendorbotをお探しクダサイ！」

[Vendor Bot Lockpick 2]
say 1 = VendorBot X10: Please consume my wares.
say 2 = Lockpicks currently available.
lines = 2
[ベンダーボット ロックピック 2]
VendorBot X10「ドウゾ我が社の製品をヨロシクオネガイシマス」
VendorBot X10「現在ハ、ロックピックをお求めイタダケマス」

[Vendor Bot Lockpick 3]
say 1 = VendorBot X10: Lockpick dispensed.
say 2 = Please come again and look for Vendorbots in all your favorite locations!
lines = 2
[ベンダーボット ロックピック 2]
VendorBot X10「ドウゾ、ロックピックデス」
VendorBot X10「イロイロな場所でVendorbotをお探しクダサイ！」

[Vendor Bot Lockpick 4]
say 1 = VendorBot X10: Inadequate assets.
say 2 = Please try again later.
lines = 2
[ベンダーボット ロックピック 4]
VendorBot X10「コインがタリマセン」
VendorBot X10「再度お試しクダサイ」
________________________________________
[Eric NPC 3]
say 1 = Eric: I've really got to go...
say 2 = ..but I'm afraid of the out-house.
say 3 = I've heard some weird noises in there.
lines = 3
[Eric NPC 3]
Eric「外にはよく行くけど・・・」
Eric「・・でも外は怖い」
Eric「ほら、この中から変な音が聞こえるんだ」

[Eric NPC 4]
say 1 = Eric: I think the weird out-house noises finally stopped.
say 2 = I don't have to hold it anymore!
lines = 2
[Eric NPC 4]
Eric「やっと変な物音は止まったみたいだね」
Eric「これでもうトイレを我慢しなくていいんだ！」

[Gardening Girl NPC 5]
say 1 = Adrienne: That's a nice shovel you have.
say 2 = Could you dig up these turnips for me?
say 3 = Feel free to take as many as you want, no one in my house will even touch them.
lines = 3
[ガーデニングする少女 NPC 5]
Adrienne「あら、素敵なシャベルを持っているのね」
Adrienne「このカブを掘り起こしてもらってもいいかしら？」
Adrienne「好きなだけ持って行っていいわよ。どうせうちの誰も気にしなんてしないんだから」
________________________________________
[Parrot Gear Cave]
say 1 = If we can find something heavy enough to hook on to the chain, we can probably open this grate.
lines = 1
[オウム Gear Cave]
あのチェーンに引っ掛けるのに十分な重さのものが見つかれば、あのゲートを開けられるんだがなあ。


[Sewer Worm Sign]
say 1 = Danger: This sewer is off limits except to trained sewage professionals.
lines = 1
[Sewer Worm Sign]
危険：この下水は訓練された関係者以外は立入禁止です。

[Sewer Crystal Sign]
say 1 = This exitium crystal was installed courtesy of GloboCorp.
say 2 = Caution: Please do not touch crystal or submerge it in water.
lines = 2
[Sewer Crystal Sign]
このexitiumクリスタルはGloboCorpから無料で提供されたものです。
注意：クリスタルに手を触れたり水の中に入れたりしないでください。

[Parrot Sewer 2]
say 1 = This overgrown poop-worm has some nasty breath.
say 2 = And it sure likes to blast it right in our faces.
lines = 2
[オウム Sewer 2]
このでっかく肥えたウンコミミズは汚いブレスを吐くみたいだぞ。
そんな風にはなるべく当たりたくないなあ。

________________________________________
[Brooks 3]
say 1 = Brooks: Whenever I'm home I constantly think about the sea.
say 2 = I can't get enough of the blue waves and open sky.
lines = 1
[Brooks 3]
Brooks「家ではいつも海のことばかり考えちまう」
Brooks「青いさざなみに広い空ってのは何度見てもいいものだ」

________________________________________
[Giant Tree Hat Store NPC 7]
say 1 = Louie: I'm sold out hats right now.
say 2 = I was supposed to have some new material from the general store Somora...
say 3 = ... but they got robbed or something.
lines = 3
[ジャイアントツリー 帽子屋 NPC 7]
Louie「現在帽子はすべて売り切れ中です」
Louie「Somoraの雑貨屋から商品を取り寄せるつもりだったのですが・・・」
Louie「・・・強盗にでも遭ったのでしょうか」

________________________________________
[Item Pick Up Throw Hook]
say 1 = You got a Throwing Hook!
say 2 = Press UP + ATTACK to use.
lines = 2
[アイテム入手 投げフック]
投げフックを手に入れた！
上キーとアタックボタンで使おう。


________________________________________
その９
[Parrot Tree 4]
say 1 = Let's find out what's at the top of this tree.
lines = 1
[オウム Tree 4]
この木のてっぺんになにがあるか探しに行こうぜ！

[Giant Tree Spider NPC A 1]
say 1 = Gertsch: Go away, human!
say 2 = I'm hungry and about to have myself a little snack.
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー クモ NPC A 1]
Gertsch「よそへ行け、人間！」
Gertsch「小腹がすいたからおやつを食べようとしているだけだ」

[Giant Tree Spider NPC A 2]
say 1 = Gertsch: What's this? An apple?
say 2 = Hahaha...
say 3 = ...
say 4 = Hmmm, what the hell, I'll give it a try.
lines = 4
[ジャイアントツリー クモ NPC A 2]
Gertsch「なんだこれは？リンゴか？」
Gertsch「ハハハハ・・・」
Gertsch「・・・」
Gertsch「うむぅ、なんてこった、食べてみよう」

[Giant Tree Spider NPC A 3]
say 1 = Gertsch: I'll admit, that was better than I thought it would be.
say 2 = It's your lucky day, pal...
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー クモ NPC A 3]
Gertsch「認めよう、想像以上に美味かった」
Gertsch「ツイてるな、あんた」

[Giant Tree Spider NPC A 4]
say 1 = Gertsch: That was a pretty good apple, human.
say 2 = I don't think I could ever go full vegetarian though.
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー クモ NPC A 4]
Gertsch「あのリンゴ、かなり美味かったぞ、人間」
Gertsch「だからといってベジタリアンになるつもりはないがな」

[Giant Tree Firefly Help NPC 1]
say 1 = Phausy: Thank you for the help earlier.
say 2 = If you want to get to the top of this tree you might need some help yourself.
say 3 = I'll meet you inside.
lines = 3
[ジャイアントツリー ホタルの協力 NPC 1]
Phausy「さっきは助けてくれてありがとう」
Phausy「この木の頂上に行くなら力になるよ」
Phausy「この先の空洞でまた会いましょ」

[Giant Tree Firefly Help NPC 2]
say 1 = Phausy: Thanks again for saving my life.
lines = 1
[ジャイアントツリー ホタルの協力 NPC 2]
Phausy「助けてくれて本当にありがとう」
________________________________________
[Giant Tree Flower 1]
say 1 = Bellabusa - Grows on bamboo, found in hot humid climates.
lines = 1
[ジャイアントツリー フラワー 1]
Bellabusa――竹のに自生し、高温多湿の気候で見られる。

[Giant Tree Flower 2]
say 1 = Pluvius Fern - Multiplies quickly, grows low to the ground in jungles.
lines = 1
[ジャイアントツリー フラワー 2]
Pluvius Fern――繁殖力が強く、ジャングルの地面などに生える。

[Giant Tree Flower 3]
say 1 = Sellaprimula - Sturdy enough to support the weight of a human.
lines = 1
[ジャイアントツリー フラワー 3]
Sellaprimula――人間の体重を支えられるほど頑丈である。

[Giant Tree Flower 4]
say 1 = Flovitis - Grows on vines found in rain forests.
lines = 1
[ジャイアントツリー フラワー 4]
Flovitis――熱帯雨林気候のつたに咲く。

[Giant Tree Greenhouse Mouse NPC 1]
say 1 = Ben: I collected these plants from the rain forest.
say 2 = I have to keep the temperature and humidity just right.
say 3 = If they get too much water they'll grow right through the roof.
lines = 3
[ジャイアントツリー グリーンハウス ネズミ NPC 1]
Ben「ここの植物は熱帯雨林から持ってきたんだ」
Ben「気温と湿度を適正に保たないといけない」
Ben「水をやり過ぎると屋根を突き破って成長してしまうんだ」

________________________________________
[Giant Tree Boss NPC 1]
say 1 = Beevil: What are you doing in here, human?
say 2 = This area is off limits.
say 3 = GloboCorp isn't paying me to let greasy flesh-bags snoop around.
say 4 = Prepare to die!
lines = 4
[ジャイアントツリー ボス NPC 1]
Beevil「人間がここでなにをしている？」
Beevil「このエリアは立入禁止だ」
Beevil「GloboCorpは貴様のような肉袋がコソコソ嗅ぎまわるのをよく思わないだろう」
Beevil「覚悟するがいい！」

[Giant Tree Boss NPC 2]
say 1 = Beevil: That's it! I quit!
say 2 = GloboCorp can't pay me enough to deal with this kind of abuse.
say 3 = I'm going to put my two weeks' notice in right now.
lines = 3
[ジャイアントツリー ボス NPC 2]
Beevil「もういい！降参だ！」
Beevil「GloboCorpはこんな仕打ちを受けてまで私が戦うのをよく思わないだろう」
Beevil「2週間の休暇届けを出すとするよ」

________________________________________
[Giant Tree Owl No Bottle]
say 1 = Bubo: I've been working on an antidote to the toxins leaking from these pipes.
say 2 = I've almost got it, but I need one more ingredient.
say 3 = There is a rare mushroom that grows in this tree.
say 4 = It only grows in dark places and it glows bright orange.
say 5 = If you find one, collect its spores in a bottle and bring them to me.
lines = 5
[ジャイアントツリー フクロウ ボトルなし]
Bubo「ワシはこのパイプから漏れ出している毒の特効薬作成に取り組んでおる」
Bubo「ほぼ完成というところまで来ておるんじゃが、あと1つ材料が足りないのじゃ」
Bubo「この木に自生する珍しいキノコでの」
Bubo「暗い場所でしか生えなくて、オレンジ色に光っておるんじゃ」
Bubo「もし見つけたらこのボトルに胞子を集めて持て来てくれんかのう」

________________________________________
[Giant Tree Mouse NPC C 2]
say 1 = Mickey: The green sludge finally stopped pouring out of these pipes.
say 2 = I hope it doesn't start up again...
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー ネズミ NPC C 2]
Mickey「緑色のヘドロはもう流れてこなくなったよ」
Mickey「もう2度と流れて来ませんように・・・」

[Giant Tree Mouse NPC A 2]
say 1 = Basil: I've finally started feeling better.
say 2 = But I don't think I'm ever going to fully recover.
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー ネズミ NPC A 2]
Basil「ようやく少しづつだけど体調が良くなってきたよ」
Basil「でもきっと完全には治りはしないんだろうな」
________________________________________
[Museum Guy 11]
say 1 = Baggus: I've done all I can to get your started on your adventure.
say 2 = I don't have any more leads for treasures... You'll have to get out there and find them yourself.
say 3 = Remember, when you collect more treasures come back here and explore the temple.
say 4 = Every treasure unlocks a column and will allow you to explore deeper into the temple.
say 5 = There's bound to be all kinds of treasures down there and maybe you'll even find your father!
lines = 5
[博物館の男 11]
Baggus「君が冒険に出かけるための手助けは全てやりきった」
Baggus「秘宝探しに関して教えられることはもうないよ・・・外へ出て自分の力で探すんだ」
Baggus「秘宝を見つけたら忘れずにここに戻ってきて、寺院を探索してくれ」
Baggus「秘宝が集まれば円柱が解除されて、より深い階層へと行けるはずだ」
Baggus「いろいろな財宝が眠っていることだろう。そして父親と再会できるかもしれないんだ！」

[Museum Treasure 2]
say 1 = Temporal Ring
say 2 = Granted the hero the ability to travel safely through other dimensions.
lines = 2
[博物館 秘宝 2]
現世の指輪
この指輪で英雄は別次元での旅を安全に行うことができた。
________________________________________
[Island Sign 13]
say 1 = Welcome to Solfor Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 13]
Solforアイランドへようこそ
[Parrot Volcano 2]
say 1 = What's with all the pipes running through here?
say 2 = Someone must be using this volcano... but why?
lines = 2
[オウム ボルケーノ 2]
いたるところに張り巡らされているパイプはなんなんだ？
だれかがこの火山を利用しているんだろうな・・・でも何のために？

[Parrot Volcano 1]
say 1 = This machine looks like it's steam powered.
say 2 = It probably uses the heat from the volcano to create the steam.
say 3 = I wonder why it's not working...
lines = 3
[オウム ボルケーノ 1]
この機械は蒸気で動いてるみたいだな。
火山が生み出す熱を利用して動かしているんだろう。
でもなんで今は動いていないんだろうな・・・

________________________________________
[Island Sign 14]
say 1 = Welcome to Zwaan Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 14]
Zwaanアイランドへようこそ
________________________________________
[Island Sign 15]
say 1 = Welcome to Boracay Island.
lines = 1
[島の看板 15]
Boracayアイランドへようこそ

[Item Pick Up Cannon]
say 1 = You got a Cannon!
say 2 = Press UP or DOWN to aim cannon. Press ATTACK to shoot.
say 3 = Only works while on your boat.
lines = 3
[アイテム入手 大砲]
大砲を手に入れた！
上キーまたは下キーで狙いを定める。アタックボタンで発射。
船に乗っているときだけ使用可能。

[Parrot Jungle Cave 1]
say 1 = I don't think you can jump high enough to go anywhere in here.
say 2 = Let's try coming back when you get some better footwear.
lines = 2
[オウム ジャングル 洞窟 1]
この高さじゃあジャンプしても届かないな。
高く跳べる靴を探すためにいったん戻ろうぜ。

________________________________________
[House For Sale]
say 1 = House For Sale!
lines = 1
[House For Sale]
住宅売り出し中！

[House Salesman 1]
say 1 = Patton: Hey, are you looking to be a home owner?
say 2 = Then you're talking to the right guy.
say 3 = I'm trying to find a buyer for this little beauty right here.
say 4 = It's got everything you could want... a door, windows... plenty of privacy!
Say 5 = And all for only 1000 coins!
say 6 = What do you say? Want to join the ranks of all the happy homeowners in the world?
lines = 6
[住宅セールスマン 1]
Patton「そこの君、家を買うつもりはないかね？」
Patton「お客さん、運がいいね」
Patton「この小さいながらもキレイな家の買い手を探し中なんだ」
Patton「望みのものはなんだって付いてるよ・・・ドアとか窓とか・・・プライバシーは完璧だ！」
Patton「今ならたったの100コイン！」
Patton「どうだい？世界の豪邸ランキングにランク入りしたくないかね？」

[House Salesman 2]
say 1 = Patton: You don't have enough cash.
say 2 = I can't give you a loan, unfortunately. I need cash up front.
lines = 2
[住宅セールスマン 2]
Patton「金がないじゃないか」
Patton「ローンは扱っていないんだよ。前払いの現金のみだ」

________________________________________
________________________________________
その１０
[Island Sign 4]
say 1 = Welcome to Danausel Island (City of Danausel)
lines = 1
[島の看板 4]
Danauselアイランド（Danausel市）へようこそ

[City Tom Thetcher 1]
say 1 = Tom: Someday I hope to be able to afford a Evelyn Deady original.
say 2 = In the meantime I'm lucky that I live in the same city as her so I can come here and see her work.
lines = 2
[市民Tom Thetcher 1]
Tom「いつかEvelyn Deadyの原画を買いたいもんだよ」
Tom「でも彼女と同じ街に住めて、彼女が仕事する姿を見ることができるから幸せさ」

[City Tom Thetcher 2]
say 1 = Tom: I've heard rumors that Globocorp has a huge factory underneath the city.
lines = 1
[市民Tom Thetcher 2]
Tom「Globocorpがこの都市の地下に大きな工場を持っているって噂を聞いたことがあるよ」

[Parrot City Pawn Shop 1]
say 1 = I've seen some of those interdimensional fragments before.
say 2 = Let's see how many we can find.
lines = 2
[オウム City Pawn Shop 1]
この「次元の欠片」っての、前にも見たことあるな。
どれくらい集まってるか確認してみようぜ。

[City Electronic Store Sign]
say 1 = Wanted: Interdimensional Fragments
say 2 = Rewards include:
say 3 = 10 Fragments - Heart
say 4 = 20 Fragments - Temporal Compass
say 5 = 30 Fragments - Torpedo Cannon
say 6 = 40 Fragments - ????
lines = 6
[City Electronic Store Sign]
Wanted: Interdimensional Fragments
探しています：「次元の欠片」
集めたごほうび：
欠片10個――ハート
欠片20個――最新式コンパス
欠片30個――魚雷砲
欠片40個――????

[City Elmer Simone 1]
say 1 = Elmer: Hey there. Are you interested in great prizes?
say 2 = I'm giving away some amazingly rare items in exchange for Interdimensional Fragments.
say 3 = Don't look at me like I'm crazy! They exist.
say 4 = Have you ever seen anything that looks like the white blob on the poster?
say 5 = That's actually a piece of another dimension that has found it's way into ours.
say 6 = If you find any bring them here and I'll trade you something that you will really enjoy.
say 7 = Read the poster for more details.
lines = 7
[City Elmer Simone 1]
Elmer「こんにちわ。君も報酬に興味があるのかい？」
Elmer「『次元の欠片』を集めてきたらびっくりするほどレアなアイテムと交換しよう」
Elmer「そんな目で見るんじゃない！ちゃんと存在するんだぞ」
Elmer「ポスターに描かれてる白いモヤモヤみたいなものを、見たことがあるかい？」
Elmer「実はそれは、こちら側とつながっている次元の断片だったんだよ」
Elmer「集めてきてくれたら、もらって嬉しいプレゼントと交換してあげるよ」
Elmer「詳しくはポスターを見てくれ」

[City Elmer Simone 2]
say 1 = Elmer: Great! You found 10 Interdimensional Fragments.
say 2 = I'll give you this heart in exchange.
say 3 = It'll make you stronger or something.
lines = 2
[City Elmer Simone 1]
Elmer「おめでとう！『次元の断片』を10個集めてきたんだね」
Elmer「ハートと交換してあげるよ」
Elmer「これでまたひとつ強くなれたね」

[City Egan Stillwell 1]
say 1 = Egan: Elmer is always talking about different dimensions.
say 2 = I wonder if we'll ever be able to visit them.
say 3 = Just thinking about it is so trippy!
lines = 3
[City Egan Stillwell 1]
Egan「Elmerってば、いっつも他の世界のことばかり話してるんだよ」
Egan「別の次元に行くことなんてできるのかなあ」
Egan「そのことを考えてるだけで、ぼくトリップしちゃう！」

[City Barth White 1]
say 1 = Barth: I have the high score on Breakrys at the Holocade.
say 2 = The trick is to keep the ball from hitting the ground for huge combos.
say 3 = The bigger the combo, the more points you get for each gem.
say 4 = Even knowing that, you're going to need a lot of luck to beat my score.
lines = 4
[City Barth White 1]
Barth「HolocadeのBreakrysで記録保持者とは俺のことだ」
Barth「コンボを増やすためになるべくボールを空中に浮かし続けるのがコツだぜ」
Barth「コンボ数が多いと宝石を壊したときに多く得点が入る」
Barth「ま、頭では分かっていても簡単にハイスコアは出せないけどな」

[City Harriet Newel 3]
say 1 = Harriet: I'm so close to beating Egan's high score!
lines = 1
[City Harriet Newel 3]
Harriet「もうちょっとでEganのスコアを超えられそうだったのに！」

[City Evelyn Deady 1]
say 1 = Evelyn: I get inspiration from the strife of the people who live in this city.
say 2 = Being a successful artist is great but I feel for all the people who can't achieve their dreams.
lines = 2
[City Evelyn Deady 1]
Evelyn「この都市の人々が懸命に生きる姿からインスピレーションを受けているの」
Evelyn「アーティストとしてはいい環境なんだけど、夢を叶えられない人ってなんだか気の毒ね」

[City Will Morgan 1]
say 1 = Will: What happened to your arm, kid?
say 2 = Did a shark get it?
lines = 2
[City Will Morgan 1]
Will「その腕、どうしたんだ？」
Will「サメに喰われちまったのか？」
________________________________________
[Parrot Apartments 1]
say 1 = Don't you feel like a creep, barging into people's apartments?
lines = 1
[Parrot Apartments 1]
留守の部屋に忍びこむなんて、趣味が悪いねまったく。

[City Barth White 4]
say 1 = Barth: The cargo ship is late today.
say 2 = I guess I won't be able to get to the Holocade today.
lines = 2
[City Barth White 4]
Barth「今日は貨物船が来るのが遅えなあ」
Barth「この分じゃ今日のHolocadeはおあずけだな」

[City John Mahony 2]
say 1 = John: I've been working for GloboCorp for years now.
say 2 = Every day we unload ships full of crates and I still don't know what's in them.
say 3 = I get the feeling that I don't really want to know.
lines = 3
[City John Mahony 2]
John「GloboCorpで数年間仕事をしているんだ」
John「毎日たくさんの積荷を降ろしてるけど、中になにが入ってるかは知らない」
John「知りたいとも思わないけどね」
________________________________________
[Parrot Club 3]
say 1 = Looks like there's a show going on.
say 2 = Let's check it out!
lines = 2
[Parrot Club 3]
ショーは始まっているみたいだな。
ちょっと見ていこうぜ！

[City Alan Kring 1]
say 1 = Alan: Here to see the show?
say 2 = It starts at 17 o'clock and ends at 3 in the morning.
say 3 = Check the schedule on the wall to see who's playing.
say 4 = Oh yeah, the shows are free! But we suggest you buy a few drinks.
say 5 = You're old enough to drink, right?
lines = 5
[City Alan Kring 1]
Alan「ショーを観に来たのか？」
Alan「ショーは17時から朝の3時までやってるぞ」
Alan「どんなショーがやっているかは壁に貼ってあるスケジュールを見てくれ」
Alan「そうそう、入場料は無料だからな！でもせっかくだからなにかドリンクでも買って行けよ」
Alan「もう飲める年頃だろう？」

[City Mary Coffin 3]
say 1 = Mary: Leave me alone.
say 2 = My husband will be here any minute...
lines = 2
[City Mary Coffin 3]
Mary「ほっといてくれないかしら」
Mary「」

[City Velda Pardy 2]
say 1 = Velda: I love this club! There are always such talented people here.
say 2 = If I didn't have to work all day I'd be a great singer!
lines = 2
[City Mary Coffin 3]
Velda「このクラブは最高ね！素晴らしい人がいっぱい来るんですもの」
Velda「仕事がなければここで歌手デビューしちゃうのに！」

[City Egan Stillwell 2]
say 1 = Egan: Whoa, this place is crazy tonight.
lines = 1
[City Egan Stillwell 2]
Egan「ヒャッハー、今夜のショーは最高だな！」

[City Barth White 3]
say 1 = Barth: Shh, I'm watching the show.
lines = 1
[City Barth White 3]
Barth「シィーッ、いまはショーを観てるんだから静かにしてろ」

[Alistair Wortherspoon 1]
say 1 = Alistair: I really feel like I'm living life to the fullest when I'm partying in the city all night!
lines = 1
[Alistair Wortherspoon 1]
Alistair「このショーを見に来ている瞬間は、生きてるって実感できるのよ！」

[City Charles Hill 2]
say 1 = Dr. Charles: It's great to unwind here after psychoanalyzing crazy people all day.
lines = 1
[City Charles Hill 2]
Dr. Charles「精神患者の診察をしたあとのショーは気持ちが安らぐよ」

[City Brooks Codwell 4]
say 1 = Brooks: Hey, I'm glad to see you finally made it out of the sticks, kid.
say 2 = Isn't this place insane?
lines = 2
[City Brooks Codwell 4]
Brooks「よお、田舎を抜けだしてこんなところで会えるなんて嬉しいねえ」
Brooks「刺激の強い場所だろう？」

[City Barney Herbit 3]
say 1 = Barney: It was SO worth the trip.
lines = 1
[City Barney Herbit 3]
Barney「ここまで来たかいがあったぜ」

[City Ted Juachim 3]
say 1 = Ted: Coming here is the only way to get my mind off my financial problems.
say 2 = Crap, now I'm thinking about them again!
lines = 2
[City Ted Juachim 3]
Ted「ここに来ることだけが、カネの悩みを吹き飛ばしてくれる手段なんだ」
Ted「あっ、またカネのことを考えちゃったじゃないか！」

[City Evelyn Deady 2]
say 1 = Evelyn: The people who perform at this club are so inspiring... I just had an idea for a new painting.
lines = 1
Evelyn「ここでショーをする人からはすごいインスピレーションを感じるの・・・新作の絵の創作意欲が湧いてきたわ」

[Sara Kildwick 1]
say 1 = Sara: It was worth the trip to the city just for this!
lines = 1
[Sara Kildwick 1]
Sara「このショーだけでもこの都市に来たかいがあったわ！」

[Parrot Club 2]
say 1 = Alright, I've seen enough of this nonsense.
say 2 = Let's get back to treasure hunting!
lines = 2
[Parrot Club 2]
もう十分さ、このアホなショーは見飽きたよ。
お宝探しに戻ろうぜ！

[City Mac 2]
say 1 = Mac: Hey, are you looking for treasure?
say 2 = I know for a fact that the CEO of GloboCorp, Tony Ward, has his hands on a rare treasure map.
say 3 = He has it locked up in his office.
say 4 = I can tell you how to sneak into the GloboCorp building.
say 5 = First, find a way to get on the rooftops of the city.
say 6 = Look for an air duct entrance into the GloboCorp building.
say 7 = Once inside you might have to crawl through some duct work.
say 8 = Follow the ducts to the very top office.
say 9 = That's where Tony Ward keeps the treasure map locked up.
say 10 = Why am I telling you all this?
say 11 = Let's just say that anything that pisses off Tony Ward, makes me very happy.
lines = 11
[City Mac 2]
Mac「あんた、秘宝を探しているんじゃないのか？」
Mac「GloboCorpのCEO、Tony Wardが珍しい宝の地図を持っているんだ」
Mac「地図はオフィスに保管してある」
Mac「GloboCorpへの侵入方法を教えてやろう」
Mac「まずはビルの屋上へ上る手段を探せ」
Mac「社内に通じるダクトがあるはずだ」
Mac「一度ダクトの中に入ったら後戻りはできないかもな」
Mac「最上階へ続くダクトを進むんだ」
Mac「その先にTony Wardが地図を保管している部屋がある」
Mac「どうしてこんなことを教えるのかって？」
Mac「まあ、Tony Wardが困ってくれればこっちも嬉しいってことさ」
________________________________________
[City Guy Paley 1]
say 1 = Guy: Welcome to the Holocade.
say 2 = This is the cutting edge in digital entertainment.
say 3 = It's like a video game except you are submerged in the experience
say 4 = You might even think of it as a type of ''virtual reality''.
say 5 = For a one time membership fee of 200 coins you can play as much as you want.
lines = 5
[City Guy Paley 1]
Guy「Holocadeにようこそ」
Guy「デジタルエンターテイメントの最先端さ」
Guy「君が今やっているものを別にすれば、まあビデオゲームみたいなものだね」
Guy「『ヴァーチャル・リアリティ』のようなものだと考えてもらってけっっこうだ」
Guy「もし遊びたいなら、会員証の発行するのに200コイン必要だよ」

[City Guy Paley 2]
say 1 = Guy: Looks like you don't have enough coins. Come back another time.
lines = 1
[City Guy Paley 2]
Guy「コインが足りないみたいだね。またおいで」

[City Guy Paley 4]
say 1 = Guy: You got a Holocade Membership!
lines = 1
[City Guy Paley 4]
Guy「Holocadeの会員証を手に入れた！」

[City Guy Paley 3]
say 1 = Guy: Thanks. You are now a member and can play as much as you want.
say 2 = Unfortunately only one of the games is currently running.
say 3 = The developer hasn't had the time to get the other two up and running.
say 4 = But Breakrys is a huge hit. I'm sure you'll enjoy it.
say 5 = By the way, if you can beat the current high score you'll win a prize.
say 6 = Check the board to see what score you have to beat.
say 7 = Good luck.
lines = 7
[City Guy Paley 3]
Guy「登録ありがとう。これで君は会員だ。何度でも遊ぶことができるよ」
Guy「いまは1種類のゲームしか遊べないけどね」
Guy「開発者が残りの2つを作る余裕がなかったみたいなんだ」
Guy「いまはBreakrysがハイスコア保持者だ。君ならきっと超えられるよ」
Guy「そうだ、もしハイスコアを叩きだしたら商品をあげよう」
Guy「ハイスコアを出すには何点必要なのかは掲示板を見てくれ」
Guy「頑張れよ」

[Holocade High Scrore]
say 1 = Current Breakrys High Score:
lines = 1
[Holocade High Scrore]
現在のハイスコア Breakrys:3200

[Parrot Holocade]
say 1 = Are you wasting your time playing video games?
say 2 = What are you, a child?
lines = 2
[Parrot Holocade]
ビデオゲームなんかして時間をムダにする気か？
オマエはアレか、ガキか？
________________________________________
[City Charles Hill 3]
say 1 = Dr. Charles: There are so many unhappy people in this city.
say 2 = As a psychologist, that's good news for me!
lines = 2
[City Charles Hill 3]
Dr. Charles「この街は不幸な人が多いんだ」
Dr. Charles「精神科医にとっては、とてもいい事じゃあないか！」

________________________________________
[Parrot GloboCorp Offices 1]
say 1 = Wouldn't you hate to be one of these poor saps, working for the man?
say 2 = Good thing we're treasure hunters, huh?
lines = 2
あんな男の下で働いて、貧しいマヌケになるなんてイヤになるだろう？
その点トレジャーハンターってのは最高の職業だな？

[City Mary Coffin 1]
say 1 = Mary: Welcome to GloboCorp.
say 2 = Do you have an appointment?
lines = 2
[City Mary Coffin 1]
Mary「GloboCorpにようこそ」
Mary「アポイントメントはお取りですか？」

[GC Exitium Sign 1]
say 1 = This exitium crystal powers the entire City of Danausel.
say 2 = It contains enough energy to power every home on the planet for 100 years.
lines = 2
[GC Exitium Sign 1]
このexitiumクリスタルでDanausel全体の電力をまかなっています。
この先100年間分の地球のエネルギーを供給することができます。

[GC Customer Service Sign 1]
say 1 = Customer Service
lines = 1
[GC Customer Service Sign 1]
カスタマーサービス

[City GC100B 1]
say 1 = GC100B: *Beep* Running emergency customer retention sub-routine. *Boop*
lines = 1
[City GC100B 1]
ピーッ。顧客維持プログラム作動。ピーッ。

[City Rob McGuire 1]
say 1 = Rob: I'm only working here until my band hits it big.
say 2 = I want to tour the world like a rockstar.
lines = 1
[City Rob McGuire 1]
Rob「バンドが売れるまではここで働くしかないよなあ」
Rob「ロックスターになったら世界ツアーだぜ」

[City Casey Daniel 1]
say 1 = Casey: Customer service isn't so bad.
say 2 = I love telling customers that they should make sure their device is plugged in before turning it on!
lines = 2
[City Casey Daniel 1]
Casey「カスタマーサービスの仕事も悪くない」
Casey「電源を入れる前にプラグをコンセントを差し込む必要があるって伝えるのは面白いねえ！」

[GC Sales Sign 1]
say 1 = Sales
lines = 1
[GC Sales Sign 1]
販売課

[City Ted Juachim 2]
say 1 = Ted: If I don't get my numbers up they're going to fire me for sure. I can hardly afford rent as it is!
lines = 1
[City Ted Juachim 2]
Ted「成績が上がらなかったらクビだろうなあ。家賃が払えなくなっちゃうよ！」

[City Velda Pardy 1]
say 1 = Velda: This is seriously the most boring job in the world ever.
say 2 = I just want to get out of here and go have some fun!
lines = 2
[City Velda Pardy 1]
Velda「世界で一番つまらない仕事じゃないかしらこれ」
Velda「さっさと帰って楽しいところに行きたいものね！」

[City Eunice Coffin 1]
say 1 = Eunice: Can't talk now, I have to make quota!
lines = 1
[City Eunice Coffin 1]
Eunice「話すヒマはないよ、自分の仕事をやらなきゃ！」

[GC Marketing Sign 1]
say 1 = Marketing
lines = 1
[GC Marketing Sign 1]
マーケティング部

[GC Wilson Ball Sign 1]
say 1 = Wilson Ball
say 2 = Internal Marketing Technician
lines = 2
[GC Wilson Ball Sign 1]
Wilson Ball
内部マーケティング専門家

[City Wilson Ball 1]
say 1 = Wilson: Are you new here? How do you like it so far?
say 2 = I don't know what I'd do without GloboCorp.
say 3 = This job is everything to me.
lines = 3
[City Wilson Ball 1]
Wilson「この会社に来るのは初めてか？どうだい気に入ったかな？」
Wilson「GloboCorpの生活なんて想像できんよ」
Wilson「この仕事は私の全てだ」

[GC Vacant Sign 1]
say 1 = Vacant
lines = 1
[GC Vacant Sign 1]
空室

[GC Sam Mahony Sign 1]
say 1 = Samuel Mahony
say 2 = Chief Marketing Officer
lines = 2
[GC Sam Mahony Sign 1]
Samuel Mahony
マーケティング部門チーフ

[City Samuel Mahony 1]
say 1 = Samuel: Ever since I got promoted all I do is work and sleep.
lines = 1
[City Samuel Mahony 1]
Samuel「昇進してからはずっと働いてるか寝てるかだよ」

[GC RD Sign 1]
say 1 = Research and Development
lines = 1
[GC RD Sign 1]
研究開発部門

[GC RD Lab Sign 1]
say 1 = Research and Development Lab
say 2 = No Visitors Allowed
lines = 2
[GC RD Lab Sign 1]
研究開発室
関係者以外立入禁止

[GC Management Sign 1]
say 1 = Management
lines = 1
[GC Management Sign 1]
マネジメント部

[GC CEO Sign 1]
say 1 = Tony Ward
say 2 = Chief Executive Officer
lines = 2
[GC CEO Sign 1]
Tony Ward
最高経営責任者

[City Tony Ward 1]
say 1 = Tony Ward: Are you here for an interview?
say 2 = You don't look very qualified.
say 3 = Hmmm, I may have a position in the mail room.
say 4 = Don't call us, we'll call you.
lines = 4
[City Tony Ward 1]
Tony Ward「面接に来たのかね？」
Tony Ward「とてもそうは見えないが・・・」
Tony Ward「ふむ・・・郵便仕分け室になら空席があったかもしれんな」
Tony Ward「採用の場合はこちらから連絡させていただこう」

________________________________________
[Sara Kildwick 2]
say 1 = Sara: I'm visiting here from out of town.
say 2 = I heard there's a great night club.
lines = 2
[Sara Kildwick 2]
Sara「故郷を出てここに来たのよ」
Sara「素敵なクラブがあるって聞いたのだけど・・・」

[City Mac 1]
say 1 = Mac: Hey, are you looking for treasure?
say 2 = I know for a fact that the CEO of GloboCorp has his hands on a rare treasure map.
say 3 = He has it locked up in his office.
say 4 = Interested?
say 5 = Well I can't tell you about it out here... someone could be listening.
say 6 = Meet me in the Night Club after dark. I'm there every night.
say 7 = Trust me, this is some valuable information.
lines = 7
[City Mac 1]
Mac「そこのあんた、宝を探しているんじゃないのか？」
Mac「GloboCorpのCEOが珍しい宝の地図を持っているんだ」
Mac「地図はオフィスに保管してある」
Mac「興味が出てきたか？」
Mac「だがここだとちょっとマズイ・・・誰に聞かれているか分かったもんじゃないしな」
Mac「夜更けにクラブで会おう。毎晩俺はそこにいる」
Mac「信用しな、とっておきの情報を教えてやるよ」

[Alistair Wortherspoon 2]
say 1 = Alistair: All of my friends have gone off to college.
say 2 = That's not for me though.
say 3 = I think traveling the world and living an exciting life is much more important.
say 4 = You must agree: you look very adventurous!
lines = 4
[Alistair Wortherspoon 2]
Alistair「友だちはみんな大学に行っちゃったわ」
Alistair「でもその道は私には向いていない」
Alistair「世界を旅して刺激的な生活を送ることこそ意味があると思うのよ」
Alistair「あなたも分かってくれるでしょ？だってどうみても冒険家だものね！」

________________________________________
[Parrot City Store 1]
say 1 = You can't have everything... where would you put it?
lines = 1
[Parrot City Store 1]


[City Psych Sign]
say 1 = Dr. Charles Hill, Psychiatrist
say 2 = Open 5 - 17
lines = 2
[City Psych Sign]
精神科医Dr. Charles Hill
受付時間 5時―17時

[City Charles Hill 1]
say 1 = Dr. Charles: Are you stuck in denial?
say 2 = Oh, wait... maybe you're projecting... no I got it!
say 3 = Your inner child has been repressed.
say 4 = I think you'd really benefit from some therapy.
lines = 4
[City Charles Hill 1]
Dr. Charles「自己否定に悩んでいるのか？」
Dr. Charles「いや、待て・・・投影しているのか・・・そうか、分かったぞ！」
Dr. Charles「君の内面の幼児性は抑圧されているのだね」
Dr. Charles「セラピーを受けることをオススメするよ」

[City Store Sign]
say 1 = Housewares, etc.
say 2 = Open 6 - 15
lines = 2
[City Store Sign]
家庭用品類
営業時間 6時―15時

[New Wave Hat Buy 1]
say 1 = Dendera: Would you like to buy the New Wave Hat?
say 2 = They are very popular with the young kids these days.
say 3 = It's only 100 coins.
lines = 3
[New Wave Hat Buy 1]
Dendera「新品のウェーブハットが欲しいの？」
Dendera「若い子にとっても人気なのよ」
Dendera「100コインで売ってあげるわ」

[New Wave Hat Buy 2]
say 1 = Dendera: You don't have enough coins, I'm afraid.
say 2 = Stop back another time, will you?
lines = 2
[New Wave Hat Buy 2]
Dendera「残念ね、お金が足りないみたい」
Dendera「また来てね」

[City Dendera 2]
say 1 = Dendera: Thanks for the purchase... can I also interest you in a fridge?
lines = 1
[New Wave Hat Buy 3]
Dendera「お買い上げありがとね・・・次は冷蔵庫はいかがかしら？」

[City Dendera 1]
say 1 = Dendera: Even though I specialize in housewares, it seems the big business is in hats these days.
say 2 = I can't keep them in stock but these refrigerators have been outdated for years.
lines = 2
[City Dendera 1]
Dendera「家庭用品類を取り扱ってるんだけど、どうも帽子が売れ筋みたい」
Dendera「帽子はあんまり仕入れることが出来なかったけど、冷蔵庫はもう時代遅れみたいね」

[New Wave Hat Bought]
say 1 = You bought a New Wave Hat!
lines = 1
[New Wave Hat Bought]
新品のウェーブハットを買った！

[City Gallery Sign]
say 1 = Art Gallery
say 2 = Open 8 - 15
lines = 2
[City Gallery Sign]
アートギャラリー
営業時間 8時―15時

[City Evelyn Deady In Store 1]
say 1 = Evelyn: Here to buy one of my paintings?
say 2 = They are famous around the world, you know.
lines = 2
[City Evelyn Deady In Store 1]
Evelyn「絵を買いに来てくれたのかしら？」
Evelyn「私の絵は世界的に有名なのよ」

________________________________________
[Parrot City Library 1]
say 1 = Reading is an ingenious device for avoiding thought.
lines = 1
[Parrot City Library 1]
読書ってのは現実逃避にはうってつけだな。

[City Harriet Newel 2]
say 1 = Harriet: Welcome to the Danausel City Library.
say 2 = Can I help you find a particular book?
say 3 = We have a really great collection.
lines = 3
[City Harriet Newel 2]
Harriet「Danausel市立図書館へようこそ」
Harriet「お探しの本はありますか？」
Harriet「ここにはたくさんの本がありますよ」

[Library Science Sign]
say 1 = Science
lines = 1
[Library Science Sign]
科学

[Library History Sign]
say 1 = History
lines = 1
[Library History Sign]
歴史

[Library Fiction Sign]
say 1 = Fiction
lines = 1
[Library Fiction Sign]
フィクション

[City Emily Howell 2]
say 1 = Emily: You're never too old to learn something new.
say 2 = For example, I read an interesting book about alternate dimensions recently.
say 3 = It claims that there are other dimensions breaking into our own all the time.
say 4 = Have you ever seen those small black and white vortexes floating around outside?
say 5 = Apparently those are warps to another dimension, only they have very low energy.
say 6 = Therefore, they are basically inert.
say 7 = However, if one were able to increase the energy of them, it's theoretically possible...
say 8 = ... to travel to other dimensions.
say 9 = I can't believe I've lived 78 years and never knew about this before!
lines = 9
[City Emily Howell 2]
Emily「新しいものを学ぶのに遅すぎることはないわ」
Emily「例えばね、つい最近は別の次元について書かれた面白い本を読んだのよ」
Emily「その本には、常に別の次元が私達の世界に干渉しているって書かれてたわ」
Emily「白黒の渦が宙に浮いているのを見かけたことがあるかしら？」
Emily「きっとそれはワープできる渦なのよ、渦だけだと力が足りないみたいだけど」
Emily「だから、渦だけじゃ使おうにも使えないってことね」
Emily「でももし、その力を増幅させることが出来れば、理論的には可能よ・・・」
Emily「・・・他の次元へのワープがね」
Emily「78年も生きてきてこんなことを知るとは思わなかったわ！」

[Library Book 1]
say 1 = The Mythical Origin of Species
say 2 = The most widely accepted and compelling origin story for life on this planet is still, at best, a myth.
say 3 = It tells of three "gods" who were in search of a planet that would be suitable for them to create intelligent life.
say 4 = Our planet was the one they found most suitable because it had water, an atmosphere and, most importantly, land.
say 5 = The three gods discussed what type of civilization they wanted to create.
say 6 = Wakanda, a shape shifter who could take the appearance of any animal, wanted to give their creation the power of magic.
say 7 = Louyang, who resembled a human, wanted to give their creation intelligence to use science to discover how to utilize the natural order.
say 8 = Otus, a giant, who towered into the clouds, wanted to give their creation a conscience to understand right and wrong.
say 9 = Wakanda and Louyang realised that their visions were at odds with each other.
say 10 = Louyang argued that giving them the power of magic would make their lives too easy and they wouldn't lead rich, rewarding lives.
say 11 = Wakanda felt that if they were the creation of gods they would handle magic carefully and only use it to make their lives better.
say 12 = Unable to solve this, they decided they should each create life in their own way.
say 13 = Otus was not happy with this turn of events but reluctantly agreed as long as he could give all life a conscience.
say 14 = Wakanda created all varieties of intelligent animals that could wield a plethora of magic.
say 15 = Louyang created humans who, through hard work, curiosity and ingenuity, discovered many sciences.
say 16 = Both civilizations prospered in their own ways for many generations.
say 17 = Animals and humans eventually began interacting with each other and found that they worked well together.
say 18 = By combining science and magic they became one of the most advanced, cultured and peaceful civilizations in the universe.
say 19 = However, some humans and animals grew distrustful of the others.
say 20 = This distrust grew and eventually led to the great war.
lines = 20
[Library Book 1]
神話的種の起源
この星でもっとも広く受け入れられ、親しまれている物語と言えば神話だろう。
神話には、知的生物を創造するのにふさわしい惑星を探していた3体の「神」について記述がある。
我々が住むこの地球には、水があり、空気があり、そしてなにより土地があったので神たちが探し求めていた条件に適したものだった。
3体の神々はどのような文明を創るべきかを話し合った。
様々な動物に姿を変えることができる神、Wakandaは生物に魔法の力を与えたいと考えた。
ヒトによく似た姿を持つ神、Louyangは自然界の法則を利用する科学を扱う知能を与えたいと考えた。
空高くそびえ立つほどの大きさの神、Otusは善と悪を理解できる心を与えたいと考えた。
Wakanda、Louyangはお互いにそれぞれの考え方が相反するものだと気がついた。
魔法の力を与えることは、自堕落にさせてしまい、豊かで実りある生き方から遠ざけてしまうとLouyangは主張した。
神の創りだした生物ならば、注意深く魔法を扱い良いことにだけその力を使うとWakandaは思った。
議論に決着はつかず、それぞれのやり方で生命を創り出すことに決めた。
Otusはこのやり方には不本意であったが、全ての生命に心を与えることができたのでやむを得ず同意した。
Wakandaは、手に余るほどの魔法を扱う、ありとあらゆる種類の知能ある生物を創り出した。
Louyangは努力や好奇心、創意工夫といったものを通して、科学を発展させることができる人間を創り出した。
2つの文明はそれぞれのやり方で、何世代にも渡って繁栄した。
人間と動物は次第に交流を持ち始め、お互いに上手くやっていけるということが分かっていった。
科学と魔法を組み合わせることで、宇宙でもっとも先進的で洗練された、平和な文明を持つに至ったのである。
しかし、中にはお互いに不信感を募らせるようになった者もいた。
不信感は強まっていき、あの大戦を引き起こすこととなったのである。

[Book Scientific Breakthroughs]
say 1 = Modern Scientific Breakthroughs - Part 1
say 2 = What used to be attributed to magic and ''higher powers'' can now be explained by modern scientific theories.
say 3 = The most cutting edge scientific research as of this writing deals with the possibility of dimensions beyond our own.
say 4 = In the year 503 AC Samus Aristar was able to prove mathematically that our universe is made up of two dimensions.
say 5 = This discovery led to a wave of new understanding of the makeup and fabric of our very existence.
say 6 = It included theories about the nature of our two moons, the stars, our dimension and dimensions beyond.
say 7 = The new understanding was also able to help scientists theorize about the smallest known particle in our universe, the pixel.
lines = 7
[Book Scientific Breakthroughs]
現代科学の進歩 Part 1
かつての魔法や「大いなる力」と言われていたものは、現代科学の理論で説明することができる。
最先端の科学技術の発展により、いまこれを書いている時点で、次元を超える研究が進められている。
AC503年にSamus Aristarは、我々の世界が2つの次元から成り立っていると数学的に証明した。
この発見により、我々の存在そのものの構成や仕組みについての研究が推し進められた。
2つの月、星々、我々の次元と向こう側の次元の性質についての理論を結論づけた。
この新しい解釈は、宇宙で最小の粒子とされるピクセルについて、科学者が理論化するのに役立つこととなった。

[Library Book 4]
say 1 = Modern Scientific Breakthroughs - Part 2
say 2 = In 578 AC Abe Democritus discovered that everything in our universe is made out of something he termed ''pixels''.
say 3 = The ''pixel'' is the smallest building block for everything, including humans, animals, plants, dirt, water and clouds.
say 4 = It is believed that there may be other dimensions that are two and a half dimensions and even others that may be three dimensional!
say 5 = Although that may seem unbelievable, modern science initiatives, most of which are being funded by GloboCorp...
say 6 = ... are intended to make this the biggest breakthrough in human history.
lines = 6
[Library Book 4]
現代科学の進歩 Part 2
AC578年、Abe Democritusは、宇宙の全てが、彼が「ピクセル」と名付けたものによって構成されていることを発見した。
「ピクセル」とは、人間、動物、植物、塵や水、雲などすべてのものを構成する最小の要素である。
2.5次元や3次元といった他の次元が存在する可能性があると考えられているのだ！
信じられないと思う方もいるだろうが、現代科学の取り組みのほとんどはGloboCorpから資金提供されている・・・
・・・GloboCorpは人間の歴史上もっとも大きな進歩を目的としている。
________________________________________


________________________________________
その１１
[Parrot GloboCorp Vents 1]
say 1 = These vents should lead us into the GloboCorp offices.
lines = 1
[Parrot GloboCorp Vents 1]
この通気口はGloboCorpのオフィスにつながっていると思うぜ！

[Notebook 5]
say 1 = Baggus' Journal Entry 101, Year 718 AC
say 2 = In an interesting turn of events, Gagwin and I were approached by Tony Ward, CEO of GloboCorp.
say 3 = Somehow, he was aware of our quest to find the 12 treasures and seemed very interested in it.
say 4 = He offered to pay us in advance if we would allow him to place the treasures in his museum...
say 5 = Once we had found them all, of course.
say 6 = It was an intriguing offer as we are running very low on funds.
say 7 = But I cannot let go of my life痴 dream of opening my own museum... not yet.
say 8 = We turned Tony Ward's offer down, much to his dismay.
say 9 = I couldn't help but notice that he handed something to Gagwin on our way out, though.
say 10 = Gagwin's been acting a little strange ever since... I hope it's just my imagination.
lines = 10
[Notebook 5]
Baggusの冒険記録 その101 AC718年
実に面白い出来事が起こった。Gagwinと僕が、あのGloboCorpのCEOであるTony Wardから誘いを受けたのだ。
どういうわけか、彼は我々が12の秘宝を探して旅をしていることを知っており、非常に興味深そうな様子だった。
彼は自分の博物館に秘宝を保管するという条件で、資金援助を申し出たのである・・・
もちろんそのとき既に秘宝はすべて発見していた。
活動資金は底をついていたので、その提案はとても魅力的だった。
でも自分の博物館を持つという生涯の夢を諦めきれなかった・・・今でもね。
彼にとっては非常に残念ではあるけど、我々はその提案を断った。
しかし去り際に、彼がGagwinになにかを手渡すのを思わず見つけてしまった。
それからというもの、Gagwinの様子はどこか少しおかしくなった・・・気のせいだといいのだけれど。

[Item Pick Up Lockpick 2]
say 1 = You got a Key Card.
say 2 = Press UP next to key card locked doors.
lines = 2
[Item Pick Up Lockpick 2]
カードキーを手に入れた！
ロックのかかったドアの前で上を押そう。

[City Chuck 1]
say 1 = Chuck: Hey, kid, can you get me out of here?
say 2 = The wackos here are using animals for testing and weird experiments.
say 3 = If I get probed one more time I'm going to lose it.
lines = 3
[City Chuck 1]
Chuck「そこの子供、ここから出してもらえないか？」
Chuck「ヘンな奴が検査とか得体のしれない実験に動物を使っているんだ」
Chuck「あと1回でも検査されたら殺されちゃうよ」

[City Globocorp Terminal 2]
say 1 = Keycard accepted.
lines = 1
[City Globocorp Terminal 2]
カードキーを確認しました。

[City Chuck 2]
say 1 = Chuck: Thanks! You're a hero.
lines = 1
[City Chuck 2]
Chuck:「ありがとう！君はヒーローだよ」

[City Chuck 3]
say 1 = Chuck: Hopefully we'll cross paths again.
say 2 = See ya!
lines = 2
[City Chuck 3]
Chuck:「また会えるといいね」
Chuck:「じゃあね！」

________________________________________
[Parrot Club 1]
say 1 = Let's come back later when the club is open.
lines = 1
[Parrot Club 1]
営業時間になったらまた来ような。

[City Ken Mrytle 1]
say 1 = Ken: I'm scared to death of elevators...
say 2 = Unfortunately I have to use this one every day.
lines = 2
[City Ken Mrytle 1]
Ken「このエレベーターはなんだか落っこちそうでのう・・・」
Ken「でもこれに乗らないと上に行けないしのう・・・」

[City Egan Stillwell 3]
say 1 = Egan: Hey, man, welcome to Surf & Surf.
say 2 = I sell sea food and surf boards. Thus: Surf & Surf.
say 3 = Get it?
say 4 = I'm thinking about expanding to include cheeseburgers.
say 5 = Then I'll have to change the name to Surf & Surf & Turf.
lines = 5
[City Egan Stillwell 3]
Egan「Surf & Surfのお店にようこそ」
Egan「海産物からサーフボードまで揃ってるよ。だからSurf & Surfって名前なのさ」
Egan「分かったかい？」
Egan「次はチーズバーガーを売ろうと考えてるんだ」
Egan「そうなったらSurf & Surf & Turfに改名しなきゃなあ」

________________________________________
[City Ted Juachim 1]
say 1 = Ted: I'm looking for a roommate to help with the rent. Interested?
say 2 = Wait... do you have a job?
say 3 = Oh, never mind.
lines = 3
[City Ted Juachim 1]
Ted「割り勘で家賃を払えるルームメイトを探しているんだ。君はどうかな？」
Ted「待った・・・君、収入ある？」
Ted「あぁ・・・今の話は忘れてくれ」

[City Mary Coffin 2]
say 1 = Mary: I need a vacation.
say 2 = Hopefully Eunice and I will be able to get vacation time at work soon.
lines = 2
[City Mary Coffin 2]
Mary「休暇が欲しいわ」
Mary「Euniceと私は上手く行けばすぐ休暇がもらえるのよ」

[City Eunice Coffin 2]
say 1 = Eunice: I wish I had more time to practice my craft.
say 2 = I play piano with my band, Fizzy Pixel.
say 3 = You can see us at the club or playing on the street most nights.
lines = 3
[City Eunice Coffin 2]
Eunice「趣味の時間をもっと増やせればいいのだけど」
Eunice「バンドでピアノを弾いているの、Fizzy Pixelって名前よ」
Eunice「ほとんど毎晩クラブや路上で演奏してるわ、聴きに来てね」

________________________________________
[Parrot GloboCorp Offices 2]
say 1 = There's got to be something useful we can steal... I mean, find, in here.
say 2 = Make sure you don't get spotted or we're out of luck.
lines = 2
[Parrot GloboCorp Offices 2]
なにか役立ちそうなものをパクれそうだな・・・つまり、ここになにかありそうってことだ。
バレないように気をつけろよ、さもないとオレたちはムショ行きだぜ。

[GC Security 4]
say 1 = GC Guardo X200: We had better not catch you snooping around here again.
lines = 1
[GC Security 4]
再び侵入シヨウと考えないでクダサイ。

[GC Security 3]
say 1 = GC Guardo X200: We're closed, please leave the premises. You may return during normal office hours.
[GC Security 3]
当ビルの受付時間は終了シマシタ、退館してクダサイ。受付時間内にまたお越し願いマス。

[City Frank 1]
say 1 = Frank: Hey kid, what are you doing in here?
say 2 = If one of those guards spots you or you get seen on a security camera you're history.
say 3 = They don't bother me because I'm the janitor and I'm wearing the official blue uniform and hat.
lines = 3
[City Frank 1]
Frank「おや、きみ、こんなところでなにしているんだい？」
Frank「警備ロボットや防犯カメラに見つかったら大変だよ」
Frank「僕は管理人だし、ブルーの制服にこの帽子があるから彼らの警戒から外れてるんだ」

________________________________________
[Island Sign 6]
say 1 = Welcome to Poveglia Island.
lines = 1
[Island Sign 6]
Povegliaアイランドにようこそ

[Parrot Lighthouse 1]
say 1 = I wonder if this old lighthouse still works.
say 2 = There's only one way to find out...
lines = 2
[Parrot Lighthouse 1]
こんな古い灯台がまだ稼働してるなんてな。
たった1つの灯台なんだろうな・・・

[Parrot Haunted Cave 1]
say 1 = Finally, a chance for me to help out.
lines = 1
[Parrot Haunted Cave 1]
ここはオレの出番だな。

[Parrot Witch House 3]
say 1 = We're going to get lost in here if we don't have some kind of plan.
say 2 = There must be a secret...
lines = 2
[Parrot Witch House 3]
ちゃんと考えて進まないと迷子になるぜ。
ここは人気のない場所だしな・・・

[Item Pick Up Bottle Map Sail]
say 1 = You got the Magic Bottle Map!
lines = 1
[Item Pick Up Bottle Map Sail]
マジックボトルの地図を手に入れた！

[Parrot Witch House 1]
say 1 = I bet this old coot has some useful info for us.
say 2 = Anyone as old as her has to know a lot.
lines = 2
[Parrot Witch House 1]
あのバアさん、きっとオレたちの助けになるぜ。
老人は博識だって相場が決まってるからな。

[Witch 1]
say 1 = Estill: You may have heard that there is no longer any magic in this world.
say 2 = BUT YOU HAVE HEARD WRONG!
say 3 = Take, for example, the huge ball of earth that is floating precariously above this very house.
say 4 = It is able to defy the physical laws of the world thanks to an ancient magic that resides inside it.
say 5 = Although rare, there is still some magic in this world.
say 6 = There is one item, in particular, which holds some magic, that I have spent my whole life protecting.
say 7 = It's something you would find very useful in your quest.
say 8 = I'll give it to you, but I will have to ask a favor of you in return.
say 9 = First, you must find it.
say 10 = Check in the cave below my house for a map that will point you to its secret location.
say 11 = There is a secret to navigating the cave... I'll leave that to you to figure out.
lines = 11
[Witch 1]
Estill「この世界には魔法など存在せんとどこかで聞いておるかもしれんがの」
Estill「そ れ は 大 き な 間 違 い じ ゃ！」
Estill「例えばじゃ、まさしくこの家の真上に浮かんでいる巨大な地面のカタマリを見ろ」
Estill「その中にある古代の魔法によってアレは物理の法則に逆らって浮かんでおる」
Estill「珍しいことには変わりないが、魔法はまだ存在するのじゃ」
Estill「ワシがとくに気をかけて保管してある、魔力の宿ったアイテムがある」
Estill「それがあればお前さんの冒険に大いに役立つことじゃろう」
Estill「そいつはくれてやろう、だが交換条件じゃ」
Estill「とりあえず、まずそのアイテムを見つけて来なされ」
Estill「この家の下にある洞窟に、手がかりとなる地図がある。それでアイテムの隠し場所が分かるはずじゃ」
Estill「その洞窟を進むためのある法則があるんじゃが・・・まあ、それはお前さんに任せるわい」

[Witch 2]
say 1 = Estill: I see you found the map for the Magic Bottle... very good.
say 2 = Once you have found the bottle, please return here so I can explain how it works...
say 3 = ... and so you can return the favor.
lines = 3
[Witch 2]
Estill「マジックボトルの地図を手に入れきたようじゃな・・・よしよし」
Estill「マジックボトルを見つけたら戻って来なさい、使い方を教えよう・・・」
Estill「そのあと一働きしてもらうとするかの」

________________________________________
[Parrot Little Tree 1]
say 1 = There should be something useful in here.
say 2 = I don't see anything, though.
lines = 2
[Parrot Little Tree 1]
ここにはなにかありそうだな。
なにも見えないけど。


[Item Pickup Magic Bottle]
say 1 = You got a Magic Bottle!
say 2 = Press DOWN + ATTACK to activate the bottle.
say 3 = Try putting something in it and press ATTACK to use it.
lines = 3
[Item Pickup Magic Bottle]
マジックボトルを手に入れた！
下キー＋アタックボタンで使うことができる。
なにかをボトルに入れたあと、アタックボタンで放つ。

[Parrot Little Tree 2]
say 1 = That bottle is magical? Doesn't look special to me.
say 2 = Try putting something in it... how about the fire from the torch?
lines = 2
[Parrot Little Tree 2]
このビンが魔道具だと？オレにはそうは見えねえけどなあ。
その中に何か入れてみようぜ・・・松明の炎なんかどうだ？

[Witch 3]
say 1 = Estill: Ahh, you found my Magic Bottle.... very good.
say 2 = This is a very special item. It's one of the only sources of magic left in this world.
say 3 = Anything that is put inside the bottle will also gain magic properties.
say 4 = It can turn an ordinary flame into a deadly weapon, for example.
say 5 = Try putting many different things in it and see what happens.
say 6 = It will help you greatly on your quest.
say 7 = Now... you must do a favor for me.
say 8 = The large earthen orb that floats above this house is actually a graveyard.
say 9 = It holds the remains of the unfortunate residents who lived on this island after the great cataclysm.
say 10 = They have been at peace for countless years, but recently an evil presence has disturbed their peace.
say 11 = Now their souls have been possessed by evil and they wander the catacombs angry and spiteful.
say 12 = I fear that whatever is inside there is going to destroy the magic that is keeping it from crashing to the ground.
say 13 = I need you to go inside and find out what is causing this disturbance and stop it.
say 14 = The Magic Bottle will surely come in handy. Don't forget, it has many uses.
say 15 = Thank you for doing this.
lines = 15
[Witch 3]
Estill「おぉお・・・マジックボトルボトルを手に入れたな・・・よくやった」
Estill「それは特別な一品でな。この世界に残された唯一の魔法の源となっておる」
Estill「一度ボトルに入れてしまえば、たちまちそれは魔力を帯びる」
Estill「例えば、普通の火が武器にもなったりするのじゃ」
Estill「色々なものをボトルに入れて試しるといいじゃろうな」
Estill「お前さんの冒険に大いに役立つことじゃろう」
Estill「さて・・・今度はこっちの頼みを聞いてもらおうか」
Estill「この家の真上に浮かんでおる巨大な土の球は実は墓地なのじゃ」
Estill「大変動のあとにその島で暮らしていた者たちの遺体が安置されておる」
Estill「数えきれないほど長い年月、彼らは安らかに眠っておった、じゃが最近邪悪な存在が彼らの眠りを妨げているのじゃ」
Estill「今では、彼らの魂は邪悪なものにとり憑かれ、怒りと悪意に満ちたまま墓地をさまよい歩いておる」
Estill「邪悪なものの正体がなんであろうと、島を空中に浮かすための魔法を妨害させるわけにはいかん」
Estill「お前さんには墓地に行ってもらい、死者を冒涜し眠りを妨げているものを見つけ出して食い止めてもらいたい」
Estill「マジックボトルはきっと役に立つ。様々な用途があるということを忘れるでないぞ」
Estill「お主の行いに感謝する」
________________________________________
[Parrot Catacombs 1]
say 1 = My instinct is telling me that we need to find the center of this giant ball of death.
lines = 1
[Parrot Catacombs 1]
このどデカいまん丸の墓の中心に行く必要があるってオレの本能が告げてるぜ。

[Catacombs Plaque 1]
say 1 = Herein lie the bodies of the unfortunate souls of the City of Poveglia.
lines = 1
[Catacombs Plaque 1]
都市Povegliaに住んでいたはかなき魂　ここに眠る

[Catacombs Plaque 2]
say 1 = When all wandering souls gather in this place their collective consciousness will be found.
lines = 1
[Catacombs Plaque 2]
さまよう魂がすべてこの場所に集うとき　死者の精神が呼び起こされる

[Spirits 1]
say 1 = Foster: Thank you, stranger.
say 2 = By pulling our spirits out of those evil beings and bringing us all together, you have allowed us to regain consciousness.
say 3 = We were corrupted by an evil force that invaded our eternal resting place.
say 4 = That evil, still in possession of an innocent soul, resides just beyond this barrier.
say 5 = Can you stop it?
say 6 = We'll do anything we can to help you.
say 7 = We'll start by opening the barrier for you.
say 8 = Good luck!
lines = 8
[Spirits 1]
Foster「旅の方よ、感謝します」
Foster「邪悪なものから我々を魂を救い上げ、この場所に連れ来てくれたおかげで正気に戻ることができました」
Foster「この永眠の地を侵す悪しき力のせいで、我々は操られていたのです」
Foster「邪悪なる存在はこの奥にいます。その中にはまだ清い魂が閉じ込められているはずです」
Foster「どうか力を貸してください」
Foster「我々もあなたの助けになるよう尽力します」
Foster「この奥に進めるようにしましょう」
Foster「お気をつけて」

[Parrot Catacombs 2]
say 1 = Didn't those creepy ghosts say they would help us beat this thing?
lines = 1
[Parrot Catacombs 2]
あのユーレイたちが、助けになってくれるとか言ってなかったか？

[Spirits 2]
say 1 = King Boone: Thank you kindly for rescuing my subjects and me.
say 2 = Many years ago, when the world was only one large continent, I ruled over a peaceful kingdom.
say 3 = After the cataclysm our civilization died out, but we were able to remain in this dimension as conscious spirits.
say 4 = It has made us all very happy to continue ''living'' in our homeland even after death.
say 5 = Now, thanks to you, we will be able to continue to exist peacefully.
say 6 = Please stop by my castle sometime soon so I can repay your kindness.
say 7 = Goodbye for now...
lines = 7
[Spirits 2]
King Boone「私の臣下ともども助けてくれたことに感謝する」
King Boone「世界がまだ1つの大きな大陸だった大昔、私は平和な王国を治めていた」
King Boone「大変動ののち我らの王国は滅びたが、精神体として我々はこの世界に残ることができた」
King Boone「死してなお、祖国に『暮らし』続けることができ満足していた」
King Boone「お主のおかげでいまも平和に生活を送ることができる」
King Boone「近いうちに我らの国に立ち寄るといい、この恩に報いよう」
King Boone「それではさらばだ…」

[Parrot Catacombs 3]
say 1 = Unless you're planning on joining your new ghost friends, I suggest we get out of here.
lines = 1
[Parrot Catacombs 3]
ユーレイの仲間入りしたいんじゃないんなら、さっさとここから出ようぜ。

[Museum Treasure 3]
say 1 = Book of Rendition
say 2 = Allowed the hero to instantly translate and understand any known language.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 3]
語釈の書
どんな未知の言語であろうと、即座に翻訳し英雄にこれを理解させることができた。

[Witch 4]
say 1 = Estill: Thank you for what you have done.
say 2 = Yes, I am also a spirit.
say 3 = I've been protecting this island for countless years.
say 4 = It was once a great city populated by humans and animals who practiced magic and studied science.
say 5 = The city was a binding force in the old days when the two philosophies were at odds with each other.
say 6 = But after the great cataclysm, when the world broke apart into islands, this city fell here.
say 7 = The large mass of earth that hangs above the island was going to collide with us and cause more destruction.
say 8 = But the residents were able to hold it in place long enough to cast a powerful spell on it.
say 9 = It's been floating in the sky ever since.
say 10 = Those who were still alive tried to carry on their lives on the newly formed island.
say 11 = But the climate was too harsh and desolate for humans and animals to survive.
say 12 = Many left and others, like myself, were too stubborn to leave their home and eventually died.
say 13 = So many died that we had to begin burying bodies in the giant floating earth.
say 14 = That is how it became the catacombs that it is today.
say 15 = Because of our strong proficiency in magic, many of our souls were able to remain in this dimension peacefully.
say 16 = Thanks to you it looks like that peace will continue.
lines = 16
[Witch 4]
Estill「お前さんの行いに感謝するよ」
Estill「その通り、ワシも幽体だったのさ」
Estill「幾年ものあいだ、ワシはこの島を守り続けてきたというわけさ」
Estill「あの場所はかつて魔法の鍛錬を積み、科学を学んできた人間と動物たちが暮らす巨大都市だったんだ」
Estill「古い時代では、2つの異なる価値観で都市は成り立っていた」
Estill「でも大変動のあと、世界はいくつかの島に分けられ、その都市はこの島の真上に落ち着いたというわけさ」
Estill「この上にある大きな地面の塊は、島に墜落して被害を及ぼしそうだった」
Estill「そこで都市の住人たちは強力な魔法を使って長きにわたりあの塊を宙に浮かし続けることに成功した」
Estill「それ以来あれは空を浮かんどるよ」
Estill「生き残った住人たちは新しい浮き島で生活できるように試みた」
Estill「しかし人間と動物たちが生きるには、空島での生活はあまりに過酷で孤独なものだった」
Estill「ワシみたいに保守派の連中は、土地にしがみつくことに意固地になりすぎて結局死んでしまったよ」
Estill「そうやって大勢の者が死んだから、巨大な地面の塊に遺体を埋葬してやる必要があった」
Estill「それがあの墓地が作られた由来だ」
Estill「強い魔力のおかげで、多くの者が幽体として穏やかにこの世に残ることができたというわけさ」
Estill「その穏やかな日々も、お前さんのおかげでまだまだ続きそうだよ」

________________________________________
その１２
[Spirit NPC A 1]
say 1 = Foster: Thank you for saving our souls!
say 2 = I thought I was going to be stuck in that disgusting skeleton forever.
say 3 = By the way, the old lighthouse shines directly onto a sunken treasure when it's lit.
say 4 = If you could get to it, I'm sure it would help you in your quest.
say 5 = Also, you might only be able to see the light at night.
lines = 5
[Spirit NPC A 1]
Foster「先程は助けてくれて感謝します」
Foster「私も不浄のものに魂を囚われていたのでしょうね」
Foster「話は変わりますが、そこの古い灯台の光は海中に沈んだ宝を指し示しているようです」
Foster「その宝物はきっとあなたの助けになるものでしょうね」
Foster「それから、明かりが灯るのは夜の間だけですよ」

[Spirit NPC B 1]
say 1 = Heath: Even though we humans were mostly interested in science, some of us practiced magic, too.
say 2 = I was one of those humans... I wish there were more magic left in the world.
say 3 = Unfortunately after the great cataclysm the rest of the world vowed to give magic up.
say 4 = When the people of Poveglia all died, so died what was left of magic...
lines = 4
[Spirit NPC B 1]
Heath「多くの人間は科学の分野に関心を持つが、中には魔法の分野に興味を示す者だっている」
Heath「俺もそういう輩の1人でな・・・この世界に魔法がもっと残っていればと思うよ」
Heath「だが大変動後に魔法が失われてしまったのは明らかだ」
Heath「Povegliaに住む人々は死んだ、そして死人に口なし、魔法なしさ・・・」

[Spirit NPC C 1]
say 1 = Flora: The City of Poveglia was once a haven for the peaceful humans and animals of the world.
say 2 = We accepted those who practiced magic and those who studied science.
say 3 = It seems now thst animals and humans segregate themselves and are afraid of each other...
say 4 = It's really a shame...
say 5 = I believe Midge might have something that would help you be accepted by the animals.
say 6 = He's probably hanging out in the old S-Mart building.
lines = 6
[Spirit NPC C 1]
Flora「かつての都市Povegliaは穏やかな人間と動物たちの安息の地でした」
Flora「魔法の鍛錬に励む者、科学を研究する者、どちらも受け入れることのできる土壌が育っていました」
Flora「今では動物も人間も互いを疎んじているようですが・・・」
Flora「とても残念です・・・」
Flora「Midgeならば、なにか動物たちの理解を得られる方法を知っていると思うのですが」
Flora「きっと彼は旧S-Martビルの辺りにいるでしょう」

[Parrot Haunted House 1]
say 1 = This place is giving me the creeps.
say 2 = I smell dead people.
lines = 2
[Parrot Haunted House 1]
気味が悪い家だな。
死人のニオイがするぜ。

[Spirit NPC D 1]
say 1 = Opal: Did you know that the great hero, Huayin, was from this city?
say 2 = He came here as a youth and studied magic even though his ancestors were very anti-magic.
say 3 = When the demon came to destroy the world he set out on a quest to find a way to stop it.
say 4 = He's a true hero and I'm proud to have known him.
lines = 4
[Spirit NPC D 1]
Opal「偉大な英雄、Huayinはこの土地の生まれなのです」
Opal「彼は反魔法論者の家庭で育ちましたが、子供の頃からここに来ては魔法の勉強に勤しみました」
Opal「悪魔の力が猛威を振るい始めると、Huayinは悪魔を倒す手段を探す旅に出ました」
Opal「彼こそが真の英雄であり、誇らしく感じています」

[Spirit NPC E 1]
say 1 = Artz: Did you know that all the cities of the world were once all on one continent?
say 2 = It rose high into the sky and you wouldn't believe it now, but this place was once a beautiful paradise.
say 3 = When the demon tried to destroy the world our city fell in this frigid wasteland.
say 4 = I'm just glad I'm dead so I don't have to feel the freezing cold anymore.
lines = 4
[Spirit NPC E 1]
Artz「この世界はもともとは1つの大陸だったって知ってた？」
Artz「今の君には信じられないかもしれないけど、空高くそびえ立っててキレイな場所だったんだよ」
Artz「悪魔が世界を滅ぼそうとして、ぼくらの都市はひどい荒れ地になっちゃった」
Artz「ホント死んでてよかったと思うよ、だってこの寒さを感じなくて済むからね」


[Spirit NPC G 1]
say 1 = Bahl: You should go visit the castle when you have a chance.
say 2 = We used to have great parties there back in the day.
say 3 = King Boone still lives there and I'm sure he'd love to have a guest.
say 4 = You know where the castle is, right? It's just east of here, past the draw bridge.
lines = 4
[Spirit NPC G 1]
Bahl「機会があれば城に行ってみるといい」
Bahl「昔はパーティーなんかをよく催したものさ」
Bahl「King Booneが城の主で、客人をもてなしてくれると思うぞ」
Bahl「城の場所は分かるか？ここから東の、跳ね橋を超えたところだ」

[Spirit NPC F 1]
say 1 = Hiram: When we were alive, Midge and I ran this successful general store.
say 2 = Those were the good days... but I'm just glad to be able to spend eternity with my consciousness intact.
lines = 1
[Spirit NPC F 1]
Hiram「生前、Midgeと私はこの店でけっこう稼いでたんだ」
Hiram「あの頃は良かったよ・・・でもそういう気持ちで過ごすことができるのも悪くはないかな」

[Spirit NPC H 1]
say 1 = Midge: In honor of your having saved my soul I would like to give you this special Mouse Hat.
lines = 1
[Spirit NPC H 1]
Midge「ワタシの魂を救ってくれたことに感謝し、この特別製のマウスハットを授けましょう」

[Item Pick Up Mouse Hat]
say 1 = You got a Mouse Hat!
lines = 1
[Item Pick Up Mouse Hat]
マウスハットを手に入れた！

[Spirit NPC H 2]
say 1 = Midge: When you wear that Mouse Hat you'll look just like I did when I was alive.
lines = 1
[Spirit NPC H 2]
Midge「この帽子をかぶると、まるで生きていた頃のワタシみたいに見えますよ」

[Parrot Witch House 2]
say 1 = I can't believe she was a ghost this whole time.
say 2 = She's even older than I had imagined.
lines = 2
[Parrot Witch House 2]
あの魔女がユーレイだったとは驚きだぜ。
じゃあオレが考えてる以上に年寄りだったってことだな。

[Parrot Lighthouse 2]
say 1 = We got the lighthouse flame lit!
say 2 = We should go outside and see if it's really working.
lines = 2
[Parrot Lighthouse 2]
灯台の火を灯したな！
外に出て光が照らされてるか見てみようぜ。

[Notebook 3]
say 1 = Baggus' Journal Entry 88, Year 717 AC
say 2 = This is truly an incredible discovery!
say 3 = It appears we have found the remains of the ancient City of Poveglia.
say 4 = We were guided here by the old lighthouse.
say 5 = Don't ask me how it is still working... I can't explain it.
say 6 = This was once the home of the people who are responsible for stopping the great war.
say 7 = This was also the home of the hero, Huayin.
say 8 = What's even more amazing was the floating graveyard that hangs precariously above the island.
say 9 = Yes, it's true. It's a massive piece of land that seems to eternally float in the sky.
say 10 = There must be some explanation for this phenomenon but I am not able to determine it at this time.
say 11 = Although this discovery has me greatly excited, I'm also ready to move on as soon as possible.
say 12 = I keep getting a chilling feeling that we're being watched, even though there is not a soul in sight.
lines = 12
[Notebook 3]
Baggusの冒険記録 その88 AC717年
こいつは本当にすごい発見だ！
古代都市Povegliaの遺跡を見つけることができたみたいだ！
僕らは古い灯台に導かれてここに来た。
灯台がまだ稼働してるかどうかなんて聞かないでくれよ・・・よく分からないんだ。
この都市は大戦を食い止めるための人々が暮らしていた場所だ。
ここは英雄Huayinの故郷でもある。
もっとすごいのは島の上空にふわふわ浮かぶ墓地のことだ。
そう、これは事実だ。永久に空を漂う巨大な島の一部分なんだ。
なんとかして理屈を解明したいところだけど、今の僕にはとうてい理解できない。
今回の発見はとても興味深いものだったけど、もういつでも出発する準備は整っているんだ。
近くに誰かがいる様子はないけれど、なんだかあちこちから見られている感じがする。

________________________________________
[King Spirit 4]
say 1 = King Boone: After all that nonsense of being possessed by a giant worm skeleton all I wanted to do was relax in my castle.
say 2 = But it's haunted!
say 3 = Yes, I know I'm a ghost, but I'm talking about really haunted... by EVIL ghosts.
say 4 = Come inside and see what I mean.
lines = 4
[King Spirit 4]
King Boone「大蛇のスケルトンに操られたりしたようなあとは、こうやって我が城で落ち着くのが1番だ」
King Boone「しかしお化けが出て困っているのだ！」
King Boone「そうだ、私は幽体ではあるが、お化けというのはとても恐ろしい・・・悪霊のことだ」
King Boone「場内に入ればその意味が分かるだろう」

[Parrot Castle 1]
say 1 = Neurotics build castles.... psychotics live in them.
lines = 1
[Parrot Castle 1]
ノイローゼのやつが建てた城に・・・サイコなやつらが住み着いてるってか。

[Parrot Castle 5]
say 1 = These bubbles let you fly, just like me!
say 2 = I bet you'd like to bottle them up and take them with you, huh?
lines = 2
[Parrot Castle 5]
このアワでオレみたいに飛んでみな！
ボトルにアワを入れてそれを自分に向かって出してみりゃあいい。

[Parrot Castle 2]
say 1 = How much you think a place like this would go for?
say 2 = Ah, never mind, it'll never hold its value anyway... what with all the ghosts and all.
lines = 2
[Parrot Castle 2]
こんな場所に来ることにいったいどんな意味があるっていうんだ？
いやいや気にするな、全く価値がないって言ってるだけさ・・・こんなユーレイで溢れてる場所なんてな。

[King Spirit 1]
say 1 = King Boone: This place is crawling with these nasty ghosts.
say 2 = They have to go or I'll never be able to relax.
say 3 = Maybe if we turn the lights on in here they will go away.
say 4 = Hmm... I think there's a light source in the dungeon underneath the castle.
say 5 = Why don't you go down there and look? Bring a flame back up here and light these torches.
say 6 = I'll open the gate for you.
lines = 6
[King Spirit 1]
King Boone「穢れた悪霊たちが跋扈しているのだ」
King Boone「奴らがいなくならないと落ち着くこともできはせぬ」
King Boone「城内の明かりを灯せば奴らは消えると思うのだが」
King Boone「うむむ・・・確か種火は城の地下にあったはずだ」
King Boone「地下に行き光源を見つけてきてはくれぬだろうか？」
King Boone「火を持ち帰り明かりを灯すのだ」

[King Spirit 2]
say 1 = King Boone: You need to go down into the dungeon and find a flame.
say 2 = Bring it back here and light all the torches, candles and anything else you can!
say 3 = That should scare away these nasty spirits.
lines = 3
[King Spirit 2]
King Boone「城の地下に行き、種火を見つけるのだ」
King Boone「火を持ち帰ったらたいまつやキャンドルといったもの全てに明かりを灯すのだ」
King Boone「そうすれば悪霊たちを追い払うことができるだろう」

[Castle Book 1]
say 1 = Of Mice and Men
say 2 = During the great war between science-minded humans and magic-wielding animals...
say 3 = ... there was a growing anti-war rebellion that consisted of both humans and animals.
say 4 = They believed that magic and science should be practiced together and their movement eventually won over.
say 5 = Their conviction was enough to create peace and usher in a new era of cooperation between all creatures of the world.
say 6 = After the great cataclysm, however, animals and humans thought it was best to give up magic and science altogether.
say 7 = Over the generations that followed both animals and humans lost the ability to wield magic.
say 8 = They also lost the understanding necessary to create advanced technology.
say 9 = A side effect to this was that animals and humans also stopped interacting.
say 10 = They kept to themselves for years until it was mostly forgotten that they had all once been a part of a great society together.
lines = 10
[Castle Book 1]
二十日鼠と人間
大戦の最中、科学志向の人間と魔力を持った動物の間では・・・
両種族から成る反戦勢力が生まれていった。
科学と魔法は共に実践されるべきであるという思想を持ち、彼らの考え方は人々を引き込んだ。
平和をもたらし、世界中のすべての生物が手を取り合い協力する新しい時代の先駆けとなるという信念があった。
だが大変動の後、動物と人間は科学と魔法の共存を諦めることが最良の道だと考えるようになった。
世代が進むにつれ、動物も人間も魔法を行使する能力を失った。
先進技術を作り出すための能力も失った。
このような結果、人間と動物との交流も失われてしまうこととなった。
かつては共に生き社会を形成したということを忘れてしまうほどの長い年月、それぞれ孤立した営みを送ったのだった。

※映画のタイトル→「どんなに綿密に計画された未来でも、その通りになるとは限らない」という非目的論的

[Parrot Castle 3]
say 1 = There's got to be a flame somewhere down here.
lines = 1
[Parrot Castle 3]
この地下のどこかに種火があるはずだぜ。

[King Spirit 3]
say 1 = King Boone: You did it! Those nasty ghosts ran away.
say 2 = I really owe you big time.
say 3 = I'm pretty sure I have something you might find useful.
say 4 = Go down in the barracks and look for a treasure chest.
say 5 = It's the least I can do for you. Thanks again.
lines = 5
[King Spirit 3]
King Boone「よくやった！悪霊たちは逃げていったぞ」
King Boone「感謝しよう」
King Boone「私の秘蔵の品の中にはお主の役に立つものもあるだろう」
King Boone「兵舎に行き宝箱を探してみるといい」
King Boone「せめてもの感謝のしるしとしてうけとってくれ。本当に助かった」

[Parrot Castle 4]
say 1 = Whoever designed this place was clearly psychotic.
lines = 1
[Parrot Castle 4]
どこのどいつがこんなイカれた仕掛けを作ったんだろうな。

[Item Pick Up Dive Helmet Map]
say 1 = You got the Dive Helmet Map!
lines = 1
[Item Pick Up Dive Helmet Map]
ダイブヘルメットの地図を手に入れた！

________________________________________
[Overworld Bridge NPC 2]
say 1 = Amos: Thanks for the help.
say 2 = Maybe the mayor will finally cut me some slack.
lines = 2
[Overworld Bridge NPC 2]
Amos「手伝ってくれてありがとう」
Amos「これで町長も大目に見てくれそうだ」

[Overworld Mayor 2]
say 1 = Mayor Mel: I can't believe that incompetent roach actually did something useful.
say 2 = Hopefully this bridge won't fall again.
lines = 2
[Overworld Mayor 2]
Mayor Mel「あの役立たずのナマケ虫がちゃんとした仕事をしたとは思えませんね」
Mayor Mel「この橋はきっとまた壊れるでしょうなあ」

[Parrot Windmill 2]
say 1 = This might be a good place to put that magic bottle to use.
lines = 1
[Parrot Windmill 2]
ここはマジックボトルを使うのにうってつけの場所だな。

[Parrot Elevator Room 2 1]
say 1 = I think we're almost at the top of this cave.
lines = 1
[Parrot Elevator Room 2 1]
もう洞窟のほとんど1番上まで来ているんじゃないか？

[Meditation Room Sign]
say 1 = It's important to take a moment to rest one's body and soul.
say 2 = Meditation can lead to great insights.
say 3 = Please take a moment on this pedestal and remain still, both in body and mind.
lines = 3
[Meditation Room Sign]
肉体と精神の休息は大切なことです。
瞑想は本質を見抜く力にもつながります。
この台座の上でしばらく休み、肉体と精神を癒してください。

[Giant 1]
say 1 = Otus: Who has disturbed me??!!
say 2 = Prepare to be squashed like a bug!
say 3 = ....
say 4 = Ahahahaha... just kidding. I wouldn't hurt a flea.
say 5 = What? Are you wondering why there's a giant living on this island?
say 6 = Well, I'm not really a giant at all. I'm a god!
say 7 = That's right... I am one of the three gods who created all the living creatures on this world.
say 8 = But I gave up my godly powers a long time ago.
say 9 = Now I'm just an immortal, yet powerless, giant.
say 10 = Ohh... are you wondering about the earth quakes?
say 11 = Yes, that was me. I've been getting a little restless lately.
say 12 = I've been getting strange feelings that something evil is beginning to happen in this world.
say 13 = The creatures of the world have become complacent and I felt that was the only way I could wake them up.
say 14 = It seems that it worked, since you have arrived.
say 15 = Just looking at you, I can tell you are the one who will help put things right in the world.
say 16 = There is a lot more going on in this world than you are aware of.
say 17 = I see you are collecting the ancient treasures that were once used to help fight an evil demon.
say 18 = That is a sign in itself that something evil is brewing.
say 19 = You resemble the hero who stopped that demon countless years ago... I hope you can live up to his legend.
say 20 = I've been protecting one of the treasures you need.
say 21 = You can have it but promise me you'll only use it for good.
lines = 21
[Giant 1]
Otus「私の眠りを妨げるのは誰だ？」
Otus「虫けらのように潰される覚悟をするがいい！」
Otus「・・・」
Otus「はっはっは・・・冗談さ、虫も殺しやしないよ」
Otus「え？なんでこの島に巨人がいるのかだって？」
Otus「うん、実は私は巨人じゃない。神様なのさ！」
Otus「そう・・・この世界の生きとし生けるもの全てを創造した3人のうちの1人さ」
Otus「だけどずっと昔に神としての力を放棄したんだ」
Otus「今の私はただの不死の、でも力のない1人の巨人だ」
Otus「へえ・・・地震のことを考えているんだね？」
Otus「そう、地震の原因は私だよ。最近ちょっと落ち着かなくてね」
Otus「良くないことが起こり始めてる、そんな気分がするんだ」
Otus「ここの住人たちは無関心になってしまったみたいでね、地震が起きればなにか行動をとってくれるんじゃないかと思ったんだ」
Otus「君が来てからは上手くいっているみたいだ」
Otus「君を見て直感したよ、世界を正しい方向へ導いてくれる人間だってね」
Otus「この世界は君が考えている以上にいろいろなことが起こっているんだ」
Otus「君は悪魔と戦う助けになる古代の12の秘宝を集めているようだね」
Otus「そういったことは、なにか良くないことが起こりかけている兆候なんだ」
Otus「はるか昔に悪魔と戦った英雄に君は似ているね・・・伝説になった彼みたいにうまくいくことを祈ってるよ」
Otus「君が探している宝の1つは私が持っている」
Otus「それは君にあげよう、でもいいことにだけ使うと約束して欲しい」

[Museum Treasure 4]
say 1 = Echo Mirror
say 2 = Used as a shield to reflect spells cast at him back at the attacker.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 4]
エコーミラー
盾のように用いる。かけられた魔法を反射する。

________________________________________
[Item Pickup Temporal Compass]
say 1 = You got a Temporal Compass!
lines = 1
[Item Pickup Temporal Compass]
最新式コンパスを手に入れた！

[City Elmer Simone 3]
say 1 = Elmer: Great! You found 20 Interdimensional Fragments.
say 2 = I'll trade them for this Temporal Compass.
say 3 = It has a clock on it and supposedly it works in other dimensions.
say 4 = Hahaha, not that we'd ever be able to test that claim.
say 5 = At least you'll always know what time it is.
lines = 5
Elmer「素晴らしい！次元のかけらを20個集めてきてくれたんだね」
Elmer「この最新式コンパスと交換だ」
Elmer「時計も付いているし、別次元に行ったときにも作動するだろう」
Elmer「ハハハ、この宣伝文句は言いすぎだったかな」
Elmer「少なくともいつだって時間を知ることができるようになったってわけさ」

________________________________________
その１３
[Item Pickup Dive Helmet]
say 1 = You got a Dive Helmet!
say 2 = Press DOWN + ACTION while on the water to dive.
lines = 2
[Item Pickup Dive Helmet]
ダイブヘルメットを手に入れた！
水面にいるときに下キーを押しながらアクションボタンで潜ることができる。

________________________________________
[Parrot Mushroom Cave 1]
say 1 = This is one strange looking place.
say 2 = It doesn't appear to be of this world.
lines = 2
[Parrot Mushroom Cave 1]
なんともおかしな洞窟だな。
この世のものとは思えないぜ。

[Mush Cremini 1]
say 1 = Cremini: You're not from around here.
say 2 = Did you come here to expand your mind?
say 3 = If so, you've found the right place.
say 4 = Maybe you've run across some of my flashy, brightly colored brethren.
say 5 = They're known as Psycho Shrooms and they aren't trying to hurt you... far from it.
say 6 = They want to help you see what you cannot see.
say 7 = It's their only purpose in this life.
say 8 = Once they are able to help someone open his mind, they pass on to another dimension.
say 9 = Give them a chance to help you... maybe you'll find what you're looking for.
lines = 9
[Mush Cremini 1]
Cremini「この辺の者じゃあないな」
Cremini「考え方を広げるためにこの土地に来たのか？」
Cremini「もしそうだとしたら、ここはうってつけの場所だ」
Cremini「道中でお前は派手に光っている俺の仲間に出会っただろう」
Cremini「彼らはPsycho Shroomsというんだ、別に危害を加えたりするような輩じゃない・・・それどころか」
Cremini「見えないものを見えるようにしてくれるんだ」
Cremini「それが彼らの唯一の生きがいなのさ」
Cremini「誰かの心を開くことができたら、彼らは別の次元に昇華する」
Cremini「彼らにチャンスを与えてやってくれ・・・お前の探しものもきっと見つかるだろうさ」

[Parrot Mushroom Cave 2]
say 1 = These mushroom-people are strange.
say 2 = And they're a bunch of junkies to boot.
say 3 = Still, they know more about this place than we do.
say 4 = Let's hope they can help us find what we're looking for.
lines = 4
[Parrot Mushroom Cave 2]
このキノコたち、頭おかしいぜ。
ゲロまみれのジャンキーだな。
そうは言っても、オレたちよりこの土地に詳しいのは確かだ。
探しものを見つけるヒントが貰えればいいんだがな。

[Mush Bletus 1]
say 1 = Bletus: Halt, stranger!
say 2 = Hmmm... you don't have metal skin.
say 3 = Are you with the metal-men who have been invading our homes and illegally harvesting mushrooms?
say 4 = No? Oh, I see... sorry to have disturbed you.
lines = 4
[Mush Bletus 1]
Bletus「そこの旅人よ、止まれ！」
Bletus「ふむ・・・金属の身体じゃないみたいだな」
Bletus「我らの棲み家を荒らし、不当にキノコを狩っている金属製の奴と一緒ではないのか？」
Bletus「違うだと？なるほど・・・引き止めて悪かった」

[Mush Truffly 1]
say 1 = Truffly: You have to excuse Bletus here, he's a little on edge lately.
say 2 = We've been invaded by some horrible creatures.
say 3 = They have been stealing our helpless kin and making a mess of everything in their path.
say 4 = If you come across any metallic creatures, do yourself a favor and run. They are nasty.
say 5 = We're off to hunt every last one of them down and destroy them.
say 6 = Maybe we'll meet again.
lines = 6
[Mush Truffly 1]
Truffly「ごめんなさいね、最近Bletusは気が立っているのよ」
Truffly「恐ろしい奴らが侵入してきたの」
Truffly「非力な仲間たちをさらっていき、あちこちをめちゃくちゃに破壊していったわ」
Truffly「もし金属製の奴に出くわしても、無理はしないで逃げて。奴らは残忍だから」
Truffly「私達は奴らを一体残らず殲滅して狩り尽くすわ」
Truffly「近いうちにまた会いましょう」

[Mush Psaul 1]
say 1 = Psaul: If you really want a mind-opening experience, bring me the smoke from a Psycho Shroom.
say 2 = I'll show you something that will change your life.
lines = 2
[Mush Psaul 1]
Psaul「精神を解き放ちたいと思うのならば、ここにPsycho Shroomから出る煙を持ってきてくれ」
Psaul「お前の人生を変えるものを見せてあげよう」

[Mush Gogondo 1]
say 1 = Gogondo likes smoke.
lines = 1
[Mush Gogondo 1]
ケムリ好きのGogondo

[Item Pick Up Boots]
say 1 = You got a Boots!
say 2 = Select the Boots in the menu to jump higher.
lines = 2
[Item Pick Up Boots]
ブーツを手に入れた！
メニュー画面から装備してより高くジャンプしよう。

[Mush Bubble Instructions 1]
say 1 = Bubble Machine, created by: Maggie Watts
say 2 = Instructions for use:
say 3 = The Bubble Machine is very easy to operate.
say 4 = Step 1 - Add water.
say 5 = Step 2 - Enjoy endless bubbles.
lines = 5
[Mush Bubble Instructions 1]
バブルマシーン 制作：Maggie Watts
仕様説明
バブルマシーンの操作は非常に簡単です。
ステップ1―水を加えます。
ステップ2―バブル天国をお楽しみください。

[Notebook 6]
say 1 = Baggus' Journal Entry 92, Year 718 AC
say 2 = I have never seen a place quite like this.
say 3 = These caves are full of mushrooms and spores of all types.
say 4 = It seems that some of these fungi have even formed conscious intelligence.... incredible!
say 5 = I am sure that we are the first humans to ever witness this.
say 6 = Regardless of that, these intelligent mushrooms couldn't be any kinder to us.
say 7 = They welcomed us into their homes and shared with us some very interesting... hallucinogenics.
say 8 = There is an entire species of mushroom whose only purpose is to provide mind-altering experiences for others.
say 9 = They claim that once they achieve their purpose their spirits move on to another dimension.
say 10 = Their lifestyle is unique, to say the least.
lines = 10
[Notebook 6]
Baggusの冒険記録 その92 AC718年
こんなすごい場所は今まで見たことがない。
この洞窟はいろいろな種類のキノコと胞子でいっぱいだ。
菌類に意識があって知能を形成していて・・・素晴らしい！
こんな光景を見るのは僕たちが人類で一番最初だろう。
でもそうしたこととは無関係に、この知能あるキノコたちは僕らに理解は持たなかった。
彼らは自宅に僕らを招き入れ、とても愉快な・・・幻覚剤をくれたんだ。
他人に向精神としての働きを提供することだけが目的となっているキノコの種族がいた。
その目的を達成したら、魂は新しい次元に昇華すると言っていた。
控えめに言っても、彼らの生き方は独特だね。

[Mush Agar 1]
say 1 = Agar: Have you been enjoying the mind-opening power of the Psycho Shrooms?
say 2 = If you want a mellower, longer-lasting trip, try inhaling a little Psycho Shroom smoke, man.
say 3 = I've been storing smoke in bottles so I have plenty on-hand.
lines = 3
[Mush Agar 1]
Agar「Psycho Shroomsを使って精神の解放を満喫してるかい？」
Agar「より甘美で長く続くトリップをお望みなら、小さなPsycho Shroomのケムリを吸い込んでみろよ、キミ」
Agar「いつでも吸えるように、ボクはビンに保存してるんだ」

[Mush Psaul 2]
say 1 = Psaul: Prepare yourself for a journey into the depth of your unconscious mind.
lines = 1
[Mush Psaul 2]
Psaul「深層心理の世界への旅の準備はいいかな」

[Baggus Trip 1]
say 1 = Baggus: ... You can't involve him. That's not right!
say 2 = He's just a boy. It's too risky!
lines = 2
[Baggus Trip 1]
Baggus「・・・この子を巻き込むのは良くないよ。間違ってる！」
Baggus「まだ子供なんだ。危険過ぎるよ！」

[Gagwin Trip 1]
say 1 = Gagwin: Are you scared, boy? Don't wuss out on me now!
lines = 1
[Gagwin Trip 1]
Gagwin「ビビってるのか？震えてションベン漏らすなよ！」

[Mush Psaul 3]
say 1 = Psaul: I hope you learned something about yourself.
say 2 = Whatever you saw... it's up to you to figure out what it truly means to you.
lines = 2
[Mush Psaul 3]
Psaul「自分自身についてなにか知ることができたなら幸いだよ」
Psaul「君が見たものがなんであれ・・・それがどんな意味を持つのかを解き明かすのは君次第だよ」

[Mush Bletus 2]
say 1 = Bletus: Stand back, kid.
say 2 = I think this is the mother of all those little metal creatures.
lines = 2
[Mush Bletus 2]
Bletus「下がっていろ、旅の人よ」
Bletus「あの小さな金属製の化け物を生み出していたのはこいつだ」

[Mush Truffly 2]
say 1 = Truffly: She looks dangerous.
say 2 = Maybe we should retreat and get back-up.
lines = 2
[Mush Truffly 2]
Truffly「私たちの手に負えなさそうね」
Truffly「一旦引いて応援を求めるべきよ」

[Mush Bletus 3]
say 1 = Bletus: We'll never retreat!
say 2 = I'll teach this metal monstrosity for invading our home!
lines = 2
[Mush Bletus 3]
Bletus「撤退はしない！」
Bletus「この鉄の化け物に、我らの棲み家を荒らしたことを後悔させてやる！」

[Mush Truffly 3]
say 1 = Truffly: Bletus!
say 2 = Put him down, you beast!
lines = 2
[Mush Truffly 3]
Truffly「Bletus！」
Truffly「その手を離せ、化け物め！」

[Mush Bletus 4]
say 1 = Bletus: Run, kid!
say 2 = You're no match for her!
say 3 = Save yourself!
lines = 3
[Mush Bletus 4]
Bletus「逃げろ、旅の人！」
Bletus「殺されてしまうぞ！」
Bletus「生き延びてくれ！」

[Mush Robot Boss 1]
say 1 = *Beep* Enemy Pattern Learned *Beep*
say 2 = Running Attack Pattern 2
say 3 = *Boop*
lines = 3
[Mush Robot Boss 1]
ピーッ 敵のパターンを解析 ピーッ
攻撃方法をパターン2に切り替えます
ピーッ

[Mush Bletus 5]
say 1 = Bletus: Hey, kid! We're alive!
say 2 = You're doing great!
say 3 = I think we're stuck back here but I'll find a way to help you!
lines = 3
[Mush Bletus 5]
Bletus「おい、旅人よ！生きていたんだな！」
Bletus「大したやつだ！」
Bletus「我々はここから動くことができないが、なんとか助ける方法を探してみる！」

[Parrot Mushroom Cave Boss 1]
say 1 = I think we're close to the surface.
say 2 = The treasure must be around here somewhere.
lines = 2
[Parrot Mushroom Cave Boss 1]
洞窟の出口が近いみたいだぞ。
お宝はこの近くにあると思うぜ。

[Mush Truffly 4]
say 1 = Truffly: You did it!
say 2 = Way to go, kid!
say 3 = Hopefully we'll run into you again so we can give you a proper thanks.
say 4 = Good luck.
lines = 4
[Mush Truffly 4]
Truffly「よく頑張ったわ！」
Truffly「素晴らしい旅人ね！」
Truffly「また会えたらきちんとお礼を言うわ」
Truffly「幸運を」

[Museum Treasure 5]
say 1 = Gem of Rapid Oxidation
say 2 = Allowed the hero to cast powerful columns of fire.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 5]
増炎の宝石
強力な火柱を起こすことができる。

________________________________________
[Parrot Jungle Cave 2]
say 1 = I wonder where this underground river leads to?
lines = 1
[Parrot Jungle Cave 2]
この水はどこに流れていくんだろうな？

[Jungle Simun 1]
say 1 = Simun: Don't come any closer... HUMAN!
say 2 = We don't allow any of your kind in our village.
say 3 = Humans are a scourge on this planet... why don't you go chop down some trees or something.
lines = 3
[Jungle Simun 1]
Simun「それ以上近寄るな、人間め！」
Simun「貴様みたいな奴を村に通すわけにはいかない」
Simun「お前たちはこの星の災いだ・・・木を切り倒し自然を破壊する」

[Jungle Simun 2]
say 1 = Simun: Hey there, friend.
say 2 = Are you here on business or pleasure?
say 3 = Enjoy your stay!
lines = 3
[Jungle Simun 2]
Simun「やあ、友よ」
Simun「用事かい？それともなんとなく来たのかい？」
Simun「どちらにせよ、ゆっくりしていってね！」

[Jungle Gregar 1]
say 1 = Gregar: Do you want me to turn on this water pump?
say 2 = Ok, but don't ask me any more favors.
lines = 2
[Jungle Gregar 1]
Gregar「送水ポンプを動かして欲しいだと？」
Gregar「いいけど、それ以上のことはしないからな」

[Jungle Muriel 1]
say 1 = Muriel: This tribe has been living up here above the jungle for generations.
say 2 = Our ancestors used to practice magic... That's not just a legend... it's true!
lines = 2
[Jungle Muriel 1]
Muriel「僕らは何世代もこのジャングルの上空で暮らしてきたんだ」
Muriel「ご先祖様は魔法が使えた・・・おとぎばなしなんかじゃない・・・本当だよ！」

[Jungle Cinder 1]
say 1 = Cinder: The bridge here protects us from intruders.
say 2 = It's held in place by three ropes and it takes at least three of us to raise or lower it.
say 3 = If you need to pass through you'll have to talk to Wendi.
say 4 = She's probably near her house at the top of the village.
lines = 4
[Jungle Cinder 1]
Cinder「悪い奴が来ないように橋を見張っている」
Cinder「この橋は3つのロープで固定されていて、最低でも3匹いないと動かせない仕組みなんだ」
Cinder「ここを渡りたければWendiを話をしてみろ」
Cinder「村の上の方にいるはずだぜ」

[Parrot Tree House 1]
say 1 = I told you that you humans have no idea what most animals are up to in the world.
say 2 = Believe me now?
lines = 2
[Parrot Tree House 1]
オマエら人間は、動物たちがなにを考えているか分かっちゃいないって前に言ったよな？
どうだ、分かったろ？

[Jungle Macak 1]
say 1 = Macak: Are you here to meet Wendi?
say 2 = She's the leader here and there's no one in the world as smart as she as.
say 3 = She started this village so that we animals could live away from the corrupting influence of humans.
say 4 = They have a great understanding of science but only use it in ways that are destructive.
say 5 = Here we try to use our knowledge to co-exist with nature.
lines = 5
[Jungle Macak 1]
Macak「Wendiに会いに来たのか？」
Macak「Wendiは族長だ。あの方ほど頭の切れる者は他にいないよ」
Macak「腐った人間の世界から動物たちが離れて暮らすために、族長はこの村を作ったんだ」
Macak「人間の科学に対する理解は素晴らしいと思うが、奴らは破壊にしかそれを使わない」
Macak「我々はここで自然と共存する道を模索しているのさ」

[Jungle Rita 1]
say 1 = Rita: Our ancestors relied on their magic to survive.
say 2 = Now we've learned how to harness the power of nature to do the things magic used to do for them.
say 3 = For example, we use the wind to power our wheat-seed mill.
say 4 = Check it out!
lines = 4
[Jungle Rita 1]
Rita「私たちの祖先は魔法を使って生活していたの」
Rita「でもかつての魔法がそうだったように、今は自然の力を役立てる方法を学んだわ」
Rita「例えば、風の力を利用して、麦を挽き臼で挽いたりなんかしてるわね」
Rita「見てご覧なさい！」

[Jungle OCerca 1]
say 1 = O'Cerca: We've had an excellent harvest this year.
say 2 = We have more wheat than we know what to do with.
say 3 = Do you want to take some with you?
lines = 3
[Jungle OCerca 1]
O'Cerca「今年は豊作だねえ」
O'Cerca「期待以上に麦がとれたよ」
O'Cerca「いくつかどうだい？」

[Jungle Apini 1]
say 1 = Apini: To the west is a great waterfall that feeds into the rivers below us.
say 2 = Some think that waterfall is the source of all the water in the world.
say 3 = I don't know if that's true but I've tried to fly to the top of it and I can never make it.
say 4 = It really does look like it never ends.
lines = 4
[Jungle Apini 1]
Apini「この下の川に続く大きな滝が西にある」
Apini「その滝がこの世界中の水源だと考えるやつもいるな」
Apini「本当のところはわからんね、以前に滝の上を飛ぼうとしたけどダメだったんだよ」
Apini「終わりがないんじゃないかってくらい大きいんだ」

[Jungle Gregar 2]
say 1 = Gregar: What? You want me to turn this pump on now, too?
say 2 = Do you realize how tiring that is?
say 3 = If you bring me something to eat I'll turn it on.
lines = 3
[Jungle Gregar 2]
Gregar「ん？またポンプを動かして欲しいだと？」
Gregar「どれだけこの仕事が大変か分かってるのかよ？」
Gregar「なにか食い物を持ってきたら動かしてやってもいいぜ」

[Jungle Gregar 3]
say 1 = Gregar: Hmm, that wheat you have looks pretty good.
say 2 = I'll turn on this pump for you if you give it to me.
say 3 = Ok? Great!
lines = 3
[Jungle Gregar 3]
Gregar「おう、その麦はなかなかウマそうだ」
Gregar「そいつをくれたらポンプを動かしてやってもいいぜ」
Gregar「くれるって？ありがたい！」

[Jungle Wendi 1]
say 1 = Wendi: Hello... I'm Wendi. I'm in charge around here.
say 2 = I knew that you would come here eventually.
say 3 = You are looking for the 12 ancient treasures aren't you?
say 4 = I'm afraid that you are toying with powers that you don't understand.
say 5 = Those 12 treasures contain a great power that, if in the wrong hands, could cause horrible devastation.
say 6 = If you're smart you'll stop this adventure and go home.
say 7 = I'm also afraid that I cannot lower the draw bridge for you.
say 8 = I can't be a party to your misguided quest.
lines = 8
[Jungle Wendi 1]
Wendi「はじめまして・・・私がWendiです。この村の長を務めているわ」
Wendi「あなたがいずれこの地に来るであろうことは分かっていました」
Wendi「古の12の秘宝を探しているのでしょう？」
Wendi「その力を興味本位で扱えるものではないことをあなたは理解していないのです」
Wendi「12の秘宝は強大な力を秘めています。使い方を誤れば恐ろしい破壊を引き起こしかねません」
Wendi「あなたが賢明な方なら、冒険を中止して故郷へお帰りなさい」
Wendi「跳ね橋をかけるつもりはありません」
Wendi「あなたの見当違いの冒険に協力する気もありません」

[Jungle Bubo 1]
say 1 = Budo: You look very familiar. Have we met before?
say 2 = I spend a lot of time on AngelOak Island. Maybe I've met you there before.
lines = 2
[Jungle Bubo 1]
Budo「お前さんとはどこかで会ったことがあるかのう？」
Budo「AngelOakアイランドで長いこと暮らしておったんじゃが、そこで会ったことがあるのかもしれんの？」

[Jungle Wendi 2]
say 1 = Wendi: So, I see you went ahead and lowered the draw bridge without my consent.
say 2 = Don't you understand that you are toying with the fate of the world?
say 3 = Those 12 treasures contain a great power that, if in the wrong hands, could cause horrible devastation.
say 4 = If you have any sense you'll stop this adventure and go home.
lines = 4
[Jungle Wendi 2]
Wendi「私の許可なしで橋をおろすのを見かけました」
Wendi「あなたは世界の行く末を弄ぼうとしているのですよ？」
Wendi「12の秘宝は強力な力を秘めています。使い方を誤れば世界は破滅します」
Wendi「良識があるならば旅を止めて家に帰るのです」

[Jungle OCerca 2]
say 1 = O'Cerca: Grinding all this wheat would be impossible if it weren't for this wind-powered grinder.
lines = 1
[Jungle OCerca 2]
O'Cerca「風力麦挽きがなかったらこれだけの麦を挽くのは不可能だったろうねえ」

[Jungle Cinder 2]
say 1 = Cinder: Wow, you must have convinced Wendi to let you lower the bridge!
say 2 = That's... surprising.
lines = 2
[Jungle Cinder 2]
Cinder「ああ、Wendiを説得して橋をおろしたんだな！」
Cinder「こいつは・・・驚きだな」

________________________________________
[Jungle Lepidus 1]
say 1 = Lepidus: You're here for one of Lepidus' world renowned magic spells?
say 2 = Don't believe everything you hear... some of us still possess the power of magic.
say 3 = It's not spectacular, but this wind spell might be useful to you.
say 4 = Remember, it will dissipate if you travel too far away.
lines = 4
[Jungle Lepidus 1]
Lepidus「世界的に有名なLepidusの魔法の呪文を求めてここに来たのかな？」
Lepidus「固定観念は捨て去るといい・・・まだ魔法の力を宿しているものはある」
Lepidus「目を見張るほどのものではないが、この風の魔法は役に立つぞ」
Lepidus「だが忘れるなよ、あまり遠くに行き過ぎると効果は切れる」

[Item Pick Up Flashlight]
say 1 = You got a Flashlight!
say 2 = Select the Flashlight in the menu to use.
say 3 = When underwater press ATTACK to turn flashlight on or off.
lines = 3
[Item Pick Up Flashlight]
フラッシュライトを手に入れた！
メニュー画面から選んで使おう。
水中でもアタックボタンを押せばオン・オフの切り替えができる。

________________________________________
[Flag Salesman 1]
say 1 = Andrew: Flags are great. Don't you think so?
say 2 = They have so many uses, but personally I love that they make it easy to tell what direction the wind is going.
say 3 = How would you like to have a flag for your little boat? It's only 100 coins.
lines = 3
[Flag Salesman 1]
Andrew「旗はいい、そう思わないか？」
Andrew「様々な使い道があるが、個人的には風向きを知るのに使うことが一番好きだな」
Andrew「君のボートに旗を付けてみないか？100コインでいいぞ」

[Flag Salesman 2]
say 1 = Andrew: Oh, it looks like you don't have enough coins. Come back later, ok?
lines = 1
[Flag Salesman 2]
Andrew「おっと、コインが足りないみたいだな。また来いよ、な？」

[Flag Salesman 3]
say 1 = Andrew: Thanks for buying the flag.
say 2 = Display it proudly and it will always point you in a direction...
say 3 = Not necessarily the right direction... but a direction nonetheless.
lines = 3
[Flag Salesman 3]
Andrew「まいどあり」
Andrew「堂々と旗を掲げるんだぞ、旗は君を導いてくれるんだからな・・・」
Andrew「いつも正しい方向にとは限らないが・・・細かいことは気にするなって」

[Museum Treasure 12]
say 1 = Casimir Feather
say 2 = Allowed the hero to soar through the sky for brief periods of time.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 12]
カシミールの羽
少しの間だけ空を舞うことができるようにする。

[Museum Treasure 10]
say 1 = Cloak of Inconspicuousness
say 2 = Allowed the hero to hide himself from his enemies by camouflaging with the surroundings.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 10]
不可視のマント
周囲と同化して気配を消し敵に気付かれなくなる。

[Museum Treasure 8]
say 1 = Chaos Whistle
say 2 = One toot on this whistle would confuse enemies, causing them to attack their allies.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 8]
混沌の警笛
その音色は敵を混乱させ同士討ちをさせる。

________________________________________
[Item Pickup Torpedo Cannon]
say 1 = You got a Torpedo Cannon!
say 2 = Press UP or DOWN to aim cannon. Press ATTACK to shoot.
say 3 = Effective on underwater targets. Only works while on your boat.
lines = 3
[Item Pickup Torpedo Cannon]
魚雷砲を手に入れた！
上キーと下キーで狙いを定める。アタックボタンで発射だ。
水中にいる的に効果的。船に乗っている時だけ使うことができる。

[City Elmer Simone 4]
say 1 = Elmer: Great! You found 30 Interdimensional Fragments.
say 2 = Take this Torpedo Cannon as a reward.
say 3 = Be careful, through, this is dangerous.
say 4 = These torpedoes are used by shark hunters.
lines = 4
[City Elmer Simone 4]
Elmer「素晴らしい！次元のかけらを30個集めて来てくれたんだね」
Elmer「魚雷砲と交換してあげよう」
Elmer「でも取り扱いには注意だよ、なにせ危険物だからね」
Elmer「これはサメ狩りをしてた人たちが使ってたシロモノなのさ」


________________________________________
その１４
[Parrot Crystal Cave 1]
say 1 = This place is full of exitium crystals!
say 2 = Looks like someone else has discovered it already.
say 3 = These minecart tracks are here for a reason...
lines = 3
[Parrot Crystal Cave 1]
ここはexitiumクリスタルだらけだな！
もう誰かがこの場所を発見した形跡があるぜ。
だって滑車が設置されてるもんな・・・

[Notebook 7]
say 1 = Baggus' Journal Entry 112, Year 718 AC
say 2 = We have found a cave of beautiful pink crystals.
say 3 = I believe them to be exitium crystals, which are very unique for their energetic properties.
say 4 = Just a few decades ago, GloboCorp invented a way to extract the energy from an exitium crystal.
say 5 = Now they can be found everywhere. Most modern electronics contain small exitium crystals.
say 6 = They are also used to power entire towns and cities.
say 7 = Because of this sudden increase in demand for them, they have become very valuable.
say 8 = Some people suspect that GloboCorp has a monopoly on all exitium mining.
say 9 = But this cave contains a countless number of crystals and they appear to be untouched.
say 10 = If we had the right equipment and know-how we could mine ourselves a fortune here.
say 11 = Unfortunately, the crystals are also very dangerous to handle.
say 12 = For now, we'll have to forego this get-rich-quick scheme and continue our treasure hunt.
lines = 12
[Notebook 7]
Baggusの冒険記録 その112 AC718年
我々は輝くピンク色のクリスタルであふれた洞窟を発見した。
きっとエネルギーを内包するというexitiumクリスタルだと思う。
数十年前、GloboCorpがexitiumクリスタルからエネルギーを抽出する方法を発明した。
そして現在、その技術は様々なことに利用されている。現代の電気機械のほとんどは、小さなexitiumクリスタルを使われているんだ。
都市や町でも普及している。
需要が急増したから、クリスタルの価値は貴重なものとなったんだ。
exitiumが採れる鉱山をGloboCorpが独占しているって疑惑の目を向ける人もいる。
でもこの洞窟には数えきれないほどのクリスタルがあるし、開発もされていないようだ。
僕らにちゃんとした採掘機材とノウハウさえあれば、大儲けできたところなんだけどね。
それに、クリスタルの扱いは難しくて危険でもある。
さてと、そんな夢物語はさっさと忘れて、宝探しを再開するとしようか。

[Parrot Crystal Cave 2]
say 1 = These ruins looks really old.
say 2 = I bet these were built before the great cataclysm and got buried here.
lines = 2
[Parrot Crystal Cave 2]
この遺跡、かなり昔のものみたいだな。
きっと大変動より前に造られて、そのあとここに埋まったに違いないぜ。

[Parrot Crystal Cave 3]
say 1 = There are some serious mining operations going on here.
say 2 = Looks like GloboCorp is behind it...
lines = 2
[Parrot Crystal Cave 3]
けっこうな採掘活動をしてたんだな。
GloboCorpが糸を引いてそうな気配がするぜ・・・

[Drill Boss Roelof 1]
say 1 = Roelof: So we meet again!
say 2 = You're always putting your nose where it doesn't belong.
say 3 = This is private property.
say 4 = Can't you see there's an expensive mining operation going on here?
lines = 4
[Drill Boss Roelof 1]
Roelof「よぉ、また会ったな！」
Roelof「てめえはいつもいつも余計なことに首を突っ込みやがって」
Roelof「ここは人様が所有している土地なんだよ」
Roelof「カネをかけたこの採掘作業が目に入らねえのかよ？」

[Drill Boss Lugus 1]
say 1 = Lugus: Yeah, our boss told us to take care of any intruders...
say 2 = You look pretty intrudery to me!
lines = 2
[Drill Boss Lugus 1]
Lugus「兄貴の言うとおりだぜ、侵入者の相手をしてやれってボスは言ってたもんなあ・・・」
Lugus「オマエは侵入者そのものだぜぇ！」

[Drill Boss Roelof 2]
say 1 = Roelof: Guess we can kill two birds with one stone...
say 2 = We'll stop the intruder and finally end your treasure hunting campaign.
lines = 2
[Drill Boss Roelof 2]
Roelof「ここでお前を殺せば一石二鳥よ・・・」
Roelof「邪魔者は消せるしてめえの宝探しごっこはオシマイだ！」

[Parrot Crystal Cave 4]
say 1 = We need some heavy duty firepower to take these guys out.
lines = 1
[Parrot Crystal Cave 4]
ヤツらを外に出すにはトクベツ爆発力があるものが必要だぜ。

[Drill Boss Lugus 2]
say 1 = Lugus: Damn you!
say 2 = Now we're going to get in trouble for breaking the drill-bot.
lines = 2
[Drill Boss Lugus 2]
Lugus「コンチクショー！」
Lugus「ドリルロボットが壊れたら不利ですぜ」

[Drill Boss Roelof 3]
say 1 = Roelof: Don't worry, Lugus. We'll finish him off for good next time.
say 2 = But for now... retreat!
lines = 2
[Drill Boss Roelof 3]
Roelof「心配するなLugus、次こそ決着を付けりゃあいいのさ」
Roelof「だが今日のところは・・・あばよ！」

[Parrot Crystal Cave 5]
say 1 = One more treasure in the bank!
say 2 = Ready to go for a minecart ride?
lines = 2
[Parrot Crystal Cave 5]
きっとお宝はあるぜ！
トロッコに乗る準備はいいか？

[Museum Treasure 6]
say 1 = Gossamer Cane
say 2 = Allowed the hero to lift impossibly heavy objects with ease.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 6]
極軽の杖
どんな重いものも軽くして持ち上げることができるようにする。

________________________________________
[Parrot Minecart 1]
say 1 = We need to find a way to break through that barrier.
lines = 1
[Parrot Minecart 1]
あの壁を壊す方法を見つけないとな。

[Drillbot Instructions 1]
say 1 = Instructions for using GC Drillo XP9.
say 2 = To mount machine, stand in front and press UP.
say 3 = Once mounted, Press UP or DOWN to change angle of drill.
say 4 = Press ATTACK to extend drill.
say 5 = Press LEFT, RIGHT or JUMP to move.
say 6 = To dismount press ACTION.
lines = 6
[Drillbot Instructions 1]
GC Drillo XP9 操作説明書
マシンに乗るには正面に立って上キーを押します。
搭乗後は上キーもしくは下キーでドリルの角度を調整します。
アタックボタンでドリルを伸ばします。
左キーや右キー、ジャンプで移動します。
アクションボタンを押せば降りることができます。

________________________________________
[Parrot City Sewer 1]
say 1 = Poo-gas.
say 2 = ...
say 3 = But seriously....
say 4 = It smells like poo.
lines = 4
[Parrot City Sewer 1]
クソのニオイがする。
・・・
いや、マジで・・・
クソみたいなニオイだぜ。

[City Sewer Sign]
say 1 = One full counter-clockwise rotation will begin the flow of water.
lines = 1
[City Sewer Sign]
反時計回りに一回転させれば水が流れ出します。

[Factory Sewer Sign]
say 1 = This area is off limits.
lines = 1
[Factory Sewer Sign]
この区域は関係者以外立入禁止です
________________________________________
[Parrot Factory 1]
say 1 = If we get caught they are going to kick us out of here.
say 2 = Watch your step and stay out of the light.
lines = 2
[Parrot Factory 1]
見つかっちまったら外につまみ出されるな。
ライトに気をつけて慎重に進もうぜ。

[GC Computer Red 1]
say 1 = Red Gate Open
lines = 1
[GC Computer Red 1]
レッド・ゲート オープン

[GC Security 5]
say 1 = GC Guardo X200: You do not have proper credentials. You must leave.
lines = 1
[GC Security 5]
GC Guardo X200「あなたの立ち入りは認められていません。退去を命じます」

[GC Computer Green 1]
say 1 = Green Gate Open
lines = 1
[GC Computer Green 1]
グリーン・ゲート オープン

[GC Computer Yellow 1]
say 1 = Yellow Gate Open
lines = 1
[GC Computer Yellow 1]
イエロー・ゲート オープン

[GC Computer Blue 1]
say 1 = Elevator Activated
lines = 1
[GC Computer Blue 1]
エレベーター作動

[Parrot Factory 2]
say 1 = Wow, we're inside of GloboCorp's secret factory.
say 2 = It looks like they're gearing up for a war.
lines = 2
[Parrot Factory 2]
ワオ、GloboCorpの秘密の工場に侵入したぞ。
ヤツらは戦争の準備でもしようっていうのかね。

[Factory Boss Roelof 1]
say 1 = Roelof: Why do you keep sneaking into places where you don't belong?
say 2 = I'm getting sick and tired of beating you up.
lines = 2
[Factory Boss Roelof 1]
Roelof「また性懲りもなくこんなところまでコソコソと来やがったな？」
Roelof「こちとらてめえの相手をするのはウンザリなんだよ」

[Factory Boss Lugus 1]
say 1 = Lugus: Yeah... we're sick...
say 2 = And... we're tired...
lines = 2
[Factory Boss Lugus 1]
Lugus「アニキの言うとおり・・・ウンザリだ・・・」
Lugus「それに・・・しんどいし・・・」

[Factory Boss Roelof 2]
say 1 = Roelof: Shut up, Lugus! That's not what I meant!
say 2 = Tony Ward hired us to stop you from getting all 12 ancient treasures.
say 3 = You know who Tony Ward is, right?
say 4 = He's the CEO and owner of GloboCorp.
say 5 = If he finds out we haven't killed you yet AND you snuck into his secret factory, he'll kill US!
lines = 5
Roelof「黙ってろLugus！そういう意味で言ったんじゃねえぞ！」
Roelof「12の秘宝探しを妨害させるためにTony Wardがオレたちを雇ったんだ」
Roelof「Tony Wardが何者か、知ってるよなあ？」
Roelof「GloboCorpのCEOでオーナー様だ」
Roelof「この秘密の工場に忍び込んだてめえを殺しそこなったら、今度はオレらが殺されちまうんだよ！」

[Factory Boss Lugus 2]
say 1 = Lugus: And that's worse than being sick!
say 2 = We're going to just have to kill you now.
lines = 2
[Factory Boss Lugus 2]
Lugus「しんどくなるよりももっとサイアクだ！」
Lugus「だからいますぐお前をブチのめしてやる」

[Factory Boss Roelof 3]
say 1 = Roelof: You're no match for our swordsmanship!
say 2 = En Garde!
lines = 2
[Factory Boss Roelof 3]
Roelof「オレたちの剣を受けてみろ！」
Roelof「いざ勝負！」

[Parrot Factory 3]
say 1 = En Garde! Parry! Lunge!
lines = 1
[Parrot Factory 3]
構えろ！受け流せ！そこだ！

[Parrot Factory 4]
say 1 = We need to find a way to get into the center column of the room.
say 2 = It looks like there are four gates that we need to open.
lines = 2
[Parrot Factory 4]
この部屋の中心部に入る方法を考えねえとな。
4つのスイッチを作動させないとダメみたいだぜ。

[Factory Computer 1]
say 1 = GC Mainframe 1000X: Welcome, user!
say 2 = I am the GloboCorp Mainframe 1000X.
say 3 = Please give me your command.
say 4 = May I suggest we play a game?
lines = 4
[Factory Computer 1]
GC Mainframe 1000X「ユーザーの方、ようこそ！」
GC Mainframe 1000X「ワタシはGloboCorpの大型コンピュータ1000Xです。」
GC Mainframe 1000X「コマンドを入力してください」
GC Mainframe 1000X「ワタシはゲームを提案します」

[Factory Computer Boss Roelof 1]
say 1 = Roelof: Ohh, you're in for it this time, buddy!
say 2 = Our boss is on his way here and he's pissed!
say 3 = He's sick of your meddling...
lines = 3
[Factory Computer Boss Roelof 1]
Roelof「ああぁ、今回ばかりはマズイことになったなあ、相棒よ！」
Roelof「さっきボスがいて、カンカンに怒ってたぜ！」
Roelof「てめえが首を突っ込んだせいでボスもウンザリしてるぜ・・・」

[Factory Computer Boss Lugus 1]
say 1 = Lugus: Yeah... you meddling kids are ruining everything!
say 2 = Mr. Ward is very angry and he'll be here any second.
lines = 2
[Factory Computer Boss Lugus 1]
Lugus「そうだそうだ・・・余計なことをするガキのせいで何もかも台無しだ！」
Lugus「Wardさんはとても怒っててすぐにでもここに来るだろうよ」

[Factory Computer 2]
say 1 = GC Mainframe 1000X: Master Ward is on his way here?
say 2 = You had better be careful, user. Master Ward is a bad, bad person.
say 3 = He uses my programs to do horrific things and...
lines = 3
[Factory Computer 2]
GC Mainframe 1000X「マスターWardがここに？」
GC Mainframe 1000X「お気をつけください、ユーザーの方。マスターWardは悪人です、悪い人です」
GC Mainframe 1000X「ワタシのプログラムを恐ろしいことに悪用したりそれに・・・」

[Factory Computer Boss Roelof 2]
say 1 = Roelof: Shut up, you oversized TV!
say 2 = We didn't ask for your opinion...
lines = 2
[Factory Computer Boss Roelof 2]
Roelof「黙ってろこのデカブツテレビめ！」
Roelof「てめえの話なんざ誰も聞いちゃいねえんだよ・・・」

[Factory CEO Tony Ward 1]
say 1 = Tony Ward: We finally meet.... hero.
say 2 = I'm sure you know who I am by now.
say 3 = But if you're dense, I'm the president and CEO of GloboCorp and I own everything... even you!
say 4 = I'm afraid that your little treasure hunting escapade is the only threat to my world dominance.
say 5 = And that's why it must end here.
lines = 5
[Factory CEO Tony Ward 1]
Tony Ward「ようやくお会いできたね・・・英雄さん」
Tony Ward「君はもう私がどんな人物か分かっていることだろう」
Tony Ward「もし君が愚鈍な人間なら、私はただの社長兼GloboCorpのCEOだと思ってもらえばいい・・・そして私は全てを支配しているのだよ、君の命もな！」
Tony Ward「君のちっぽけで向こう見ずな宝探しの旅だけが、私の支配を脅かす存在なのだよ」
Tony Ward「そういうわけだから、君の冒険はここで終わりだよ」

[Factory CEO Tony Ward 2]
say 1 = Tony Ward: Well... it's been lovely meeting you.
say 2 = I'd say we'll meet again but that simply isn't true... you'll be visiting another dimension shortly.
say 3 = Give my regards to your father... ahahahahaha *cough*...
say 4 = Excuse me...
say 5 = Let's go, my bumbling henchmen.
lines = 5
Tony Ward「これでよし・・・君に会えて光栄だったよ」
Tony Ward「また会うことになるだろう、だがそれはそのままの意味じゃあない・・・君はもうすぐ別の次元に向かうことになる」
Tony Ward「君の父親によろしく言っておいてくれたまえ・・・アッハッハッハッハッハ・・・ゴホッゲホッ・・・」
Tony Ward「おっと失礼・・・」
Tony Ward「行くぞ、この役立たずども」

[Factory Computer 3]
say 1 = GC Mainframe 1000X: Personality protocol overridden.
say 2 = Defense grid program activated.
say 3 = Danger... Danger... Danger...
lines = 3
[Factory Computer 3]
GC Mainframe 1000X「パーソナリープロトコルが無効化されました」
GC Mainframe 1000X「防衛ネットワークプログラムを起動します」
GC Mainframe 1000X「キケン・・・キケン・・・キケン・・・」

[Parrot Factory 5]
say 1 = Don't touch the pink lasers!
say 2 = The green lasers should be safe though.
lines = 2
[Parrot Factory 5]
ピンクのレーザーには触れるなよ！
でもグリーンのレーザーなら安全みたいだぜ。

[Computer Boss Roelof 1]
say 1 = Roelof: Hahahaha! You can't run from us now!
say 2 = Prepare to meet your dooooooom!!!
lines = 2
[Computer Boss Roelof 1]
Roelof「ハァーハッハッハ！もう逃げられねえぞ！」
Roelof「死ぬ覚悟をしやがれええええええ！！！！」

[Computer Boss Lugus 1]
say 1 = Lugus: Yeah, you're doomed now!
lines = 1
[Computer Boss Lugus 1]
Lugus「そうだそうだ、お前はここで死ぬんだ！」

[Computer Boss Parrtot 1]
say 1 = This is getting crazy...
say 2 = Listen, I'm going to see if I can find some help.
say 3 = Try to distract them for a while...
lines = 3
[Computer Boss Parrtot 1]
おいおいマジかよ・・・
いいか、オレは助けになるものを探してくる。
しばらくあいつらを引きつけておいてくれ・・・

[Parrot Control Room 1]
say 1 = I guess we won't have to deal with those idiots anymore.
lines = 1
[Parrot Control Room 1]
もうこのアホどもの相手をすることはなさそうだな。

[Factory Computer 4]
say 1 = GC Mainframe 1000X: Did you think I was hurt?
say 2 = Don't worry. I had a backup file prepared for emergencies.
say 3 = I think I know what you came here for...
say 4 = I'll give it to you if you promise to stop that evil Master Ward.
lines = 4
GC Mainframe 1000X「ワタシが壊れてしまったとお考えでしたか？」
GC Mainframe 1000X「ご心配なく。緊急時に備えてバックアップは用意してあるのです」
GC Mainframe 1000X「あなたがここに来た目的は分かっています・・・」
GC Mainframe 1000X「これをあなたに与えましょう、だからどうか悪の化身マスターWardを止めてください」

[Museum Treasure 7]
say 1 = Sword of Vim
say 2 = An effective offensive weapon with the power to slash through magical barriers.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 7]
生命の剣
魔法のバリアを切り裂くことのできる特別な効果を持つ剣。

________________________________________
[Giant Tree Spider NPC A 5]
say 1 = Gertsch: Leave me alone, human...
say 2 = ... I'm digesting.
lines = 2
[ジャイアントツリー クモ NPC A 5]
Gertsch「ほっといてくれ、人間・・・」
Gertsch「消化中なんだ・・・」

[Giant Tree Owl Bottle Selected]
say 1 = Bubo: Take this medicine to all of the sick denizens that live in the tree.
say 2 = It should help them recover.
say 3 = Just come back here if you need any more.
lines = 3
[Giant Tree Owl Bottle Selected]
Bubo「この木に住む病気の者たちにその薬を持って行ってやりなされ」
Bubo「これで病気は良くなるじゃろう」
Bubo「もっと必要ならまたここに来なされ」

[Giant Tree Mouse NPC A 3]
say 1 = Basil: Is that medicine?
lines = 1
[Giant Tree Mouse NPC A 3]
Basil「薬、くれるの？」

[Giant Tree Mouse NPC A 4]
say 1 = Basil: Thank you, stranger... I owe you my life.
lines = 1
[Giant Tree Mouse NPC A 4]
Basil「ありがとう、旅の人・・・君は命の恩人だね」

[Giant Tree Mouse NPC B 2]
say 1 = Jerry: I can't thank you enough for what you did for Basil.
say 2 = You've made me reconsider my opinions on you humans.
say 3 = We don't have anything to give you, but good deeds never go unrewarded.
lines = 3
[Giant Tree Mouse NPC B 2]
Jerry「Basilを救ってくれてありがとう、なんとお礼を言ったらいいかわからないくらいだ」
Jerry「人間に対しての考えを改めないといけないみたい」
Jerry「なにもあげられるものはないけど、善い行いには必ず報いなくっちゃね」

[Giant Tree Beatle Nurse NPC 2]
say 1 = Dr. Cici: Budo made this?
say 2 = Well, I might as well try it on my patients.
say 3 = They don't have a chance otherwise.
lines = 3
[Giant Tree Beatle Nurse NPC 2]
Dr. Cici「Budoがこれを？」
Dr. Cici「患者に投与する価値はありそうね」
Dr. Cici「他に手立てはないのですから」

[Giant Tree Beatle Nurse NPC 3]
say 1 = Dr. Cici: They look like they're getting better already.
say 2 = Thank you!
say 3 = Do you think you could bring some medicine to Basil?
say 4 = He lives at the bottom of the tree. I know he's been sick for awhile now.
say 5 = Maybe it'll help him too.
lines = 5
[Giant Tree Beatle Nurse NPC 3]
Dr. Cici「患者たちはもうすっかり良くなったみたいよ」
Dr. Cici「ありがとう！」
Dr. Cici「Basilのところにも薬を持って行ってくれないかしら？」
Dr. Cici「あの子はこの木の下層にいるわ。ここのところずっと病気がちなのよ」
Dr. Cici「あの薬が効くはずだわ」

[Giant Tree Beatle Nurse NPC 4]
say 1 = Dr. Cici: My patents look like they're getting better already.
say 2 = I've heard Basil is improving, too. Thank you.
say 3 = Do you believe in karma? You'll be rewarded someday for your good deeds.
lines = 3
[Giant Tree Beatle Nurse NPC 4]
Dr. Cici「患者たちはもうすっかり良くなったみたいよ」
Dr. Cici「Basilも良くなったんですってね。礼を言うわ」
Dr. Cici「あなたはカルマ（業）を信じる？善い行いをしたらいつか良い事が自分に帰ってくるのよ」

[Giant Tree Sick Spider NPC 2]
say 1 = Girard: Thank you so much.
say 2 = I'm going to go sky-diving as soon as I'm strong enough to leave.
say 3 = You are a true hero. I wish I could give you something for your trouble.
say 4 = I believe that, in time, good things come to those who help others.
lines = 4
[Giant Tree Sick Spider NPC 2]
Girard「本当にありがとう」
Girard「回復して退院したら、スカイダイビングをするつもりだ」
Girard「あんたは本当のヒーローだ。困ったことがあれば力になろう」
Girard「良い事っていうのは巡り巡ってやがて誰かの助けになるものさ」

[Giant Tree Sick Roach NPC 2]
say 1 = Bleth: I feel a little better.
say 2 = I'm sure I'll just get sick again, though.
lines = 2
[Giant Tree Sick Roach NPC 2]
Bleth「ちょっと良くなった気がするよ」
Bleth「でもまたぶり返すだろうな、きっと」
________________________________________
[Museum Treasure 11]
say 1 = Voltaic Bracelet
say 2 = Gave the hero the ability to harness the power of electricity.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 11]
いかずちの腕輪
電撃を操る力を与える。
________________________________________
その１５
[House Buy]
say 1 = You bought a house!
lines = 1
[House Buy]
家を購入した！

[House Salesman 3]
say 1 = Patton: Thanks, partner.
say 2 = You won't regret it, this house will do good by you!
lines = 2
[House Salesman 3]
Patton「どうもありがとう」
Patton「いい買い物をしたよ君、家を持つってのはいいことだからね！」

[Parrot Players House 1]
say 1 = Wow this place is a dump.
say 2 = You're going to have to find a way to spruce it up if you're going to live here.
lines = 2
[Parrot Players House 1]
ここはゴミ捨て場かなにかか？
ここで生活するなら、住める環境をどうにかして整えなくちゃあな。

[Gardening Girl Sell Garden NPC 1]
say 1 = Adrienne: You bought a house?
say 2 = Have you thought about putting in a garden?
say 3 = I could stop by sometime and plant it for you.
say 3 = If you give me some coins for supplies, I'll do it right away!
lines = 3
[Gardening Girl Sell Garden NPC 1]
Adrienne「マイホームを買ったの？」
Adrienne「ならそこにガーデンを作るっていうアイデアはどうかしら？」
Adrienne「そうすればあなたの家に植物を育てに行けるわ」
Adrienne「コインをくれたら、今すぐにでもやっちゃうわよ」

[Gardening Girl Sell Garden NPC 2]
say 1 = Adrienne: Oh, you don't have enough coins.
say 2 = Stop by later if you have more coins.
lines = 2
[Gardening Girl Sell Garden NPC 2]
Adrienne「あら、コインが少ないみたいね」
Adrienne「準備ができたらまた来てね」

[Bought Garden]
say 1 = You bought a garden!
lines = 1
[Bought Garden]
ガーデンを買った！

[Store Owner Buy TV 1]
say 1 = Henry: So you bought a house, eh?
say 2 = Well how would you like to have a TV to keep you occupied on those lonely, rainy nights?
say 3 = I have a great deal on a new TV. What do you say?
lines = 3
[Store Owner Buy TV 1]
Henry「へえ、家を買っただって？」
Henry「ならテレビはいかがかな？1人で退屈な夜もこれで解消できるぞ」
Henry「今なら新品のテレビがお買い得さ。1つどうだい？」

[Store Owner Buy TV 2]
say 1 = Henry: Looks like you don't have enough money for the TV.
say 2 = Want me to put it on layaway?
lines = 2
[Store Owner Buy TV 2]
Henry「TVを買うほど余裕がないみたいだな」
Henry「取り置きでもしておこうか？」

[Store Owner Buy TV 3]
say 1 = Henry: Thanks for buying the TV.
say 2 = I'll make sure it's delivered to your home and installed -- at no extra cost of course.
lines = 2
[Store Owner Buy TV 3]
Henry「毎度どうも」
Henry「家まで送って設置しといてやるよ。もちろんその分の費用はいらないさ」

[Bought TV]
say 1 = Henry: You bought a TV.
lines = 1
[Bought TV]
テレビを購入した！

[City Elmer Simone 7]
say 1 = Elmer: Wow, I can't believe you found 40 fragments.
say 2 = Now I'm going to be able to complete my research.
say 3 = Hopefully I'll be able to find a way to travel to another dimension.
say 4 = Now, here's your final reward - 1000 coins!
lines = 4
[City Elmer Simone 7]
Elmer「すごい！40個も次元のかけらを集めてきてくれるなんて！」
Elmer「これで研究もはかどりそうだよ」
Elmer「うまくいけば別次元に行く方法も見つかるかもしれないぞ」
Elmer「さあ、これが最後の景品だ――1000コインさ！」

[City Elmer Simone 6]
say 1 = Elmer: I don't have any more prizes to exchange for Interdimensional Fragments.
lines = 1
[City Elmer Simone 6]
Elmer「申し訳ないけどもう次元のかけらと交換できる景品がないんだ」

[City Evelyn Deady Buy Painting 1]
say 1 = Evelyn: Would you like to buy a painting?
say 2 = You could hang it in your home and be inspired every day!
lines = 2
[City Evelyn Deady Buy Painting 1]
Evelyn「絵を買いに来たのね？」
Evelyn「おうちの壁に飾れば毎日インスピレーションを受けることができるわよ！」

[City Evelyn Deady Buy Painting 2]
say 1 = Evelyn: Oh, it looks like you don't have enough coins.
say 2 = I know they are expensive, but I'm a famous artist.
say 3 = What did you expect?
lines = 3
[City Evelyn Deady Buy Painting 2]
Evelyn「あら、お金が足りないじゃない」
Evelyn「高額だけど、私ってば有名アーティストだからね」
Evelyn「お気軽に買えるものだとでも思ってたのかしら？」

[Bought Painting]
say 1 = You bought a painting!
lines = 1
[Bought Painting]
絵を購入した！

[City Evelyn Deady Buy Painting 3]
say 1 = Evelyn: Thank you. I'll make sure that it is delivered to your home right away.
lines = 1
[City Evelyn Deady Buy Painting 3]
Evelyn「どうも。絵はすぐにおうちに配送してあげるわ」

[City Rob McGuire 2]
say 1 = Rob: This city is beautiful in the evening.
say 2 = It almost makes you forget that it's ruled by a huge, corrupt corporation.
lines = 2
[City Rob McGuire 2]
Rob「この街の夜は綺麗なもんさ」
Rob「腐りきった大企業が支配していることなんて忘れさせてくれるほどね」

[Parrot Players House 2]
say 1 = Wow, this place is looking nice now.
say 2 = Once this adventure is over you've got yourself a cozy little pad to relax in.
lines = 2
[Parrot Players House 2]
おお、この家もだいぶキレイになったもんだ。
冒険が終わったら住み心地のいい小さなこの家でのんびりするか。

[Jungle Bubo 2]
say 1 = Budo: Hey, aren't you the simian who helped me with the antidote for the sick residents of AngelOak?
say 2 = Sorry I didn't get a chance to thank you before.
say 3 = I've been collecting these gold metal objects for years, but I really don't have any use for them.
say 4 = I've got about 250 of them here. Why don't you have them?
say 5 = It's my small way of saying thanks.
lines = 5
[Jungle Bubo 2]
Budo「おや、お前さんはAngelOakの病人を治療するのに協力してくれた人間じゃないかね？」
Budo「きちんとお礼も言えずすまんかったのう」
Budo「ワシは長いことこのピカピカ光るものを集めておったんじゃが、使い道がなくてな」
Budo「だいたい250枚ほどある。もらってやってくれんか？」
Budo「ささやかじゃが感謝の気持ちじゃよ」

[Jungle Bubo 3]
say 1 = Budo: Hey, aren't you the simian who helped me with the antidote for the sick residents of AngelOak?
say 2 = You are a kind creature.
lines = 2
[Jungle Bubo 3]
Budo「おや、お前さんはAngelOakの病人を治療するのに協力してくれた人間じゃないかね？」
Budo「優しい子じゃなあ」

________________________________________
[Parrot Treasure 4]
say 1 = You did it, kid! You found all 12 treasures.
say 2 = Let's head back to the museum and talk to Baggus.
lines = 2
[Parrot Treasure 4]
とうとうやったな！12の秘宝を全部集めたぜ！
さっさと博物館に戻ってBaggusに報告してやろうぜ。

[Museum Guy 10]
say 1 = Baggus: You actually did it! You found all 12 treasures!
say 2 = Now the final treasure room in the temple is unlocked.
say 3 = Surely your father is down there somewhere as well.
say 4 = This is your destiny, my boy!
say 5 = Make your way through the temple and finish your adventure!
lines = 5
[Museum Guy 10]
Baggus「本当に成し遂げたんだね！12の秘宝を見つけ出したんだ！」
Baggus「これで寺院の最後の部屋が開かれたはずだ」
Baggus「それにきっと君のお父さんも地下のどこかにいるはずさ」
Baggus「これは宿命なんだ！」
Baggus「寺院の奥へと進んで君の冒険に終止符を打つんだ！」

[Parrot Final Museum 1]
say 1 = Now that we have all 12 treasures, all the columns in the temple must be gone.
say 2 = We can finally get to the bottom and find out what the big deal is.
lines = 2
[Parrot Final Museum 1]
12の秘宝が全部揃った今なら、寺院の柱は全部取り除かれてるはずだ。
ようやく一番奥まで進んでとっておきの品を見つけられるってわけだな。

[Parrot Final Treasure Room 1]
say 1 = We made it! This is the final treasure room.
say 2 = We can finally find out what the big deal is.
lines = 2
[Parrot Final Treasure Room 1]
ついに来た！ここが一番奥の宝物庫だな。
すげえお宝をやっと拝むことができるぜ。

[Final Treasure Room Sign]
say 1 = Only one with a pure heart may place a hand on the pedestal and pass through.
say 2 = WARNING: Do Not Attempt if your heart is corrupt.
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Sign]
純粋な心を持つ者が台座に手を置けば、道は開かれる。
警告する：邪悪な心を持つ者は引き返せ

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 1]
say 1 = Baggus: I don't think I should put my hand on the pedestal.
say 2 = I can't claim to have a pure heart anymore. I've had to compromise my ideals too many times on this treasure hunt.
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 1]
Baggus「僕が台座の上に手を置くのはよしておくよ」
Baggus「もう純粋な心を持っているとは言いがたいからね。今回の冒険で自分の理想をねじ曲げたことが何度もあったからね」

[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 1]
say 1 = Gagwin: Just do it, Baggus! You're not telling me you're giving up now, are you?
say 2 = I'm sure the warning is rubbish.
say 3 = What's the worst that could happen?
lines = 3
[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 1]
Gagwin「Baggus、大丈夫だって！諦めるなんてお前らしくもない」
Gagwin「そんな警告はただのハッタリさ」
Gagwin「別に大したことは起こりやしないって」

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 2]
say 1 = Baggus: Hmmm... alright. I have a bad feeling about this, though.
lines = 1
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 2]
Baggus「うん・・・そうだね。でもなんだかイヤな予感がするよ」

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 3]
say 1 = Baggus: Ahhhhhhhhhh! That freaking hurts!
say 2 = That's it, Gagwin. We're getting out of here.
say 3 = This is just crazy!
lines = 3
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 3]
Baggus「うわあああああああ！なんて痛みだ！」
Baggus「ねえ、Gagwin。ここから出ようよ」
Baggus「ここはなにか変だ！」

[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 2]
say 1 = Gagwin: Hang on, Baggus...
say 2 = You're not pure of heart, and obviously I'm not.
say 3 = But one of us here definitely qualifies.
lines = 3
[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 2]
Gagwin「落ち着けよ、Baggus・・・」
Gagwin「お前の心は純粋じゃなかった、そして俺もきっとそうだ」
Gagwin「でもこの場には1人だけ純粋な心の持ち主がいる」

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 4]
say 1 = Baggus: Gagwin... you can't involve him. That's not right!
say 2 = He's just a boy. It's too risky!
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 4]
Baggus「Gagwin・・・自分の子供を巻き込むなんて・・・間違ってる！」
Baggus「まだ子供なんだぞ！危険過ぎるよ！」

[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 3]
say 1 = Gagwin: I'm not leaving until I get what I want, damn it!
say 2 = I've wasted three years of my life searching for these worthless treasures.
say 3 = Tony Ward offered us a fortune for whatever is in this temple, and you foolishly turned him down.
say 4 = I, on the other hand, had the foresight to take him up on his offer.
say 5 = So, my son here is going to put his hand on that pedestal.
say 6 = Then we're going to find the last treasure... and we can all leave happy and rich!
say 7 = What do you say, son? You ready for some adventure?
lines = 7
[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 3]
Gagwin「目的を果たすまでは諦めることなんてできないんだ、頑固者！」
Gagwin「くだらない宝探しに3年間も費やしたんだぞ」
Gagwin「Tony Wardはこの寺院にあるものならなんだって買い取ると申し出たんだ。なのに馬鹿なお前はそれを断ったんだ」
Gagwin「だが俺は彼の依頼をオーケーしたのさ」
Gagwin「だから息子には台座の上に手をかざしてもらうぜ」
Gagwin「最後の宝を見つけるんだ・・・そうすれば俺たちは億万長者になって幸せな人生を送れる！」
Gagwin「やってくれるよな、息子よ？『冒険』の準備はいいか？」

[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 4]
say 1 = Gagwin: Are you scared, boy? Don't wuss out on me now!
say 2 = Get over here and put your hand on this pedestal!
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 4]
Gagwin「怖いのか？今さら怖気づくんじゃあない！」
Gagwin「こっちに来て台座に手を置くんだ！」

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 5]
say 1 = Baggus: Leave the boy alone, Gagwin.
say 2 = What has gotten into you lately?! You're not acting like yourself.
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 5]
Baggus「止めるんだ、Gagwin」
Baggus「最近の君はおかしいよ！？いつもの君じゃない！」

[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 5]
say 1 = Gagwin: Shut up, Baggus! This is between the boy and me.
say 2 = Come on, son, get over here.
say 3 = Put your hand on the pedestal, or I'll cut it off and put it there myself!
lines = 3
[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 5]
Gagwin「黙れ！これは俺と息子との問題だぞ」
Gagwin「さあ、こっちに来るんだ」
Gagwin「台座に手を・・・さもないと手を切り落としてやるぞ！」

[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 6]
say 1 = Gagwin: That's it! I can't take your feeble attitude anymore!
lines = 1
[Final Treasure Room Gagwin 6]
Gagwin「もういい！弱虫もいい加減にしろ！」

[Final Treasure Room Boy]
say 1 = Father... Noooooooo!
lines = 1
[Final Treasure Room Boy]
父さん・・・うわああああああああ！

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 7]
say 1 = Baggus: So, have you finally remembered that day?
say 2 = It's such a shame, what happened to your father.
say 3 = He was consumed by greed and allowed it to cloud his judgment.
say 4 = I, on the other hand, am motivated by the greater good of mankind.
say 5 = I saw the power that is contained within this temple.
say 6 = I haven't been able to stop thinking about it ever since.
say 7 = That power could be used to stop all the pain and injustice in the world.
say 8 = And now that you've helped me get this far I just need you to do one more favor for me.
say 9 = ... You're the only person whose heart is pure enough to pass this barrier.
say 10 = Kid... all you have to do is place your hand on that pedestal, and this adventure will finally be complete.
lines = 10
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 7]
Baggus「そうか、あの日のことを思い出したんだね？」
Baggus「残念だけど、それが君の父親がしたことなんだ」
Baggus「彼は欲望に突き動かされて判断力が無くなってしまった」
Baggus「一方で僕は、人類全体の利益を考えていた」
Baggus「この寺院には力があるとわかった」
Baggus「それ以来、そのことばかりずっと考えていた」
Baggus「その力は世界中の不安や不正を消し去ることだってできるんだ」
Baggus「君には手伝いをしてもらいたいんだ、僕がその力を得るためにね」
Baggus「・・・君はこの障壁を通れる唯一の存在だ」
Baggus「坊や・・・君がすべきは台座の上に手をおくことだけさ・・・それで冒険は終わりだよ」

[Final Treasure Room Parrot 1]
say 1 = Baggus! You old fool.
say 2 = You obviously have learned nothing...
say 3 = The boy has to do it of his own free will.
say 4 = How do you think I ended up like this?
lines = 4
[Final Treasure Room Parrot 1]
Baggus！この老いぼれめ！
アンタはなにも学んじゃいないようだな・・・
コイツは自分の意思で行動するべきなんだ。
こんな結果になるなんて思ってなかっただろう？

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 8]
say 1 = Baggus: ...
say 2 = ... Gagwin? Is that really you?
say 3 = I thought for sure you were dead.
say 4 = So I see you're still using your son for your own selfish desires.
lines = 4
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 8]
Baggus「・・・」
Baggus「・・・Gagwin？まさか君なのか？」
Baggus「死んでしまったと思っていたが」
Baggus「ふん、自分の目的のために今でも息子を利用しているように見えるけどね」

[Final Treasure Room Parrot 2]
say 1 = Gagwin: Look who's talking!
say 2 = You've been lying to him from the beginning.
say 3 = I just let him follow your guidance.
say 4 = I'll admit, at first I was hoping he would be able reach the final treasure so I could return to my human form.
say 5 = But throughout this adventure I've realized I've been a selfish and horrible father.
say 6 = Let's leave it up to the kid if he wants to finish this adventure.
say 7 = If not... we all walk away and leave it at that.
lines = 7
[Final Treasure Room Parrot 2]
その言葉、そのままお返しするぜ！
オマエは最初からコイツを騙していたってわけだ。
オレはコイツをアンタの指示に従わせるようにした。
最初は人間の姿に戻るために最後の秘宝に到達できれば、って考えていたことは認めるさ。
でも冒険の過程で、自分勝手でひどい父親だって気がついたんだ。
冒険を終わらせるっていうなら、この子の意思に任せるんだ。
そうじゃなければ・・・ここから立ち去ってそのままにしておくんだ。

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 9]
say 1 = Baggus: I'm afraid I can't do that.
say 2 = I've spent too much of my life on this to just turn and walk away.
say 3 = All the boy has to do is open the barrier and you two freaks can leave.
lines = 3
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 9]
Baggus「それはできないね」
Baggus「引き返すにはあまりにも多くの時間を費やしてしまったんだ」
Baggus「その子は障壁を取り除きさえすればいい、そして君たちはここから消えてもらう」

[Final Treasure Room Parrot 4]
say 1 = Gagwin: You sound just like I did...
say 2 = You've been corrupted...
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Parrot 4]
Gagwin「どこかで聞いたような台詞だな・・・」
Gagwin「すっかり腐っちまいやがって・・・」

[Final Treasure Room Baggus 10]
say 1 = Baggus: Shut up and do as I say before I blow your heads off!
lines = 1
[Final Treasure Room Baggus 10]
Baggus「頭を吹き飛ばされる前に黙って言う事を聞け！」

[Final Treasure Room Parrot 3]
say 1 = Gagwin: I'm sorry, son...
say 2 = When I hurt you all those years ago in this temple, I was cursed.
say 3 = The power in the temple turned me into a bird and cast me far away.
say 4 = I came back here in hopes of finding a way to break the curse.
say 5 = I never imagined I'd run into you... I was sure you were dead.
say 6 = I've been a horrible father.
say 7 = Even so, you've grown into a strong, brave adventurer.
say 8 = Never allow yourself to grow selfish and petty like Baggus and me...
say 9 = I'm... so...
say 10 = ... proud...
lines = 10
[Final Treasure Room Parrot 3]
Gagwin「すまない、息子よ・・・」
Gagwin「数年前、この寺院でお前を傷つけたとき、俺は呪いにかかった」
Gagwin「寺院の力で鳥に変えられて放り出された」
Gagwin「呪いを解く方法があるんじゃないかと戻ってきたんだが・・・」
Gagwin「お前と出会うなんて夢にも思わなかった・・・死んでしまったと思ってた」
Gagwin「俺はひどい父親だ」
Gagwin「それでも、お前は立派な、勇敢な冒険家になってくれた」
Gagwin「Baggusや俺のように、自分勝手な人間にはなるな・・・」
Gagwin「俺は・・・お前を・・・」
Gagwin「・・・誇りに・・・」

________________________________________
[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 1]
say 1 = Tony Ward: Hello again... hero.
say 2 = I want to thank you for all your hard work.
say 3 = I couldn't have done this without you.
say 4 = Yes, I've been watching you for a while now.
say 5 = Your father and the archaeologist failed me once...
say 6 = ... but I could see right away that you had what it takes to be an adventurer.
say 7 = Now you can bear witness as I take on my true form and destroy the world once and for all.
lines = 7
[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 1]
Tony Ward「また会えたね・・・英雄さん」
Tony Ward「君の活躍ぶりには感謝をしなければならないな」
Tony Ward「君がいなければ私の目的は達成できなかったからね」
Tony Ward「そうさ、ずっと君を監視していたのだよ」
Tony Ward「君の父親とあの考古学者はしくじったようだが・・・」
Tony Ward「・・・冒険家の素質が君にはあるとすぐに見抜いたよ」
Tony Ward「さあ、私の真の姿をお見せしよう。そして世界が滅び行くのをその目で見るがいい」

[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 2]
say 1 = Louyang: AHAHAHAHAH! Yes, I am Louyang, the god who caused the Great Cataclysm.
say 2 = I would have ended the world then if it weren't for that meddling hero, Huayin.
say 3 = But now that I have my powers back, there is no one who can stand in my way.
lines = 3
[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 2]
Louyang「グハハハハハ！そうだ、我はLouyang、大変動を引き起こした神なのだ」
Louyang「あの目障りな英雄Huayinさえいなければ世界を終わらせることができるのだ」
Louyang「もう我の力は復活した、何者にも我を止めることなどできぬ」

[Final Treasure Room Wakanda 1]
say 1 = Wakanda: Louyang! I knew I would find you here!
say 2 = Suddenly some of my power returned and I knew that the boy had succeeded in opening the chest.
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Wakanda 1]
Wakanda「Louyang！やはりここに来たか！」
Wakanda「私の力が突然戻ってきたのは、その子が箱を開けたからなのね」

[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 3]
say 1 = Louyang: Ah, my dear sister, Wakanda...
say 2 = You're too late, I'm afraid. I've absorbed most of the power.
say 3 = And you don't have your little hero to help you this time.
lines = 3
[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 3]
Louyang「おお、いとしき我が妹、Wakandaよ・・・」
Louyang「残念だがもう遅い。力はほとんど頂いたぞ」
Louyang「今回ばかりは英雄に助力することもできまい」

[Final Treasure Room Wakanda 2]
say 1 = Wakanda: You've broken your promise one too many times, Louyang.
say 2 = You know that you, Otus, and I vowed to never use our powers again.
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Wakanda 2]
Wakanda「あなたは協定を破っているのよ、Louyang」
Wakanda「私とOtus、そしてあなたの3人で、力はもう使わないと誓い合ったのを忘れたの？」

[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 4]
say 1 = Louyang: That's foolish nonsense!
say 2 = We're the gods of this pathetic world.
say 3 = We created it and we should have the power to destroy it, if we so desire.
say 4 = You and Otus are weak-minded fools.
say 5 = The people of this planet don't deserve anything more than long and painful deaths.
lines = 5
[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 4]
Louyang「ふん、くだらんなあ！」
Louyang「我らはこの卑小な世界の神なのだぞ」
Louyang「世界を創造したのだ、望むなら世界を破壊する力を持つべきなのだ」
Louyang「貴様とOtusは臆病者の愚図だ」
Louyang「この世界の人間なぞ、長く続く苦しみを伴い死んでいく以上の価値などありはせぬ」

[Final Treasure Room Wakanda 3]
say 1 = Wakanda: I'm afraid I can't allow you to do that.
say 2 = We are supposed to be the protectors of all life we created.
say 3 = You've left me no choice...
lines = 3
[Final Treasure Room Wakanda 3]
Wakanda「そんなことはさせないわ」
Wakanda「創造した生命は創造主である我々が守るべきよ」
Wakanda「そんなことは当たり前のはず・・・」

[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 5]
say 1 = Louyang: AHAHAHAHAHA!
say 2 = Didn't I mention already that you're too late?
say 3 = I'm too powerful for you to stop me now.
say 4 = You've become a nuisance.
lines = 4
[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 5]
Louyang「グハハハハハ！」
Louyang「先ほどもう手遅れだと言ったはずだが？」
Louyang「誰にも止めることのできぬ力を手に入れたのだ」
Louyang「邪魔者は消え去るがいい」

[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 6]
say 1 = Louyang: Goodbye, dear sister...
say 2 = ... I have an apocalypse to finish.
lines = 2
[Final Treasure Room Tony Ward 6]
Louyang「さらばだ、いとしき我が妹よ・・・」
Louyang「・・・終末をもたらそう」

[Final Treasure Room Wakanda 4]
say 1 = Wakanda: You... boy!
say 2 = You're responsible for this mess!
say 3 = Now you're going to have to help me fix it.
say 4 = Follow Louyang and try to distract him for a while.
say 5 = As soon as I can recover I'll find you two and we'll find a way to stop him!
lines = 5
[Final Treasure Room Wakanda 4]
Wakanda「お願い・・・！」
Wakanda「力を貸して！」
Wakanda「この問題はあなたが決着を付けなければならないことなのです」
Wakanda「Louyangを追いついたら、少しだけ時間を稼いでください」
Wakanda「回復したら私もすぐ向かいます。彼を止めるのです！」

[Final Boss Luoyang 1]
say 1 = Louyang: Hahahahahah! You have got to be kidding me.
say 2 = Do you honestly think you are any match for a god?
say 3 = This ought to be a fun little warm up before I begin my reign of terror!
lines = 3
[Final Boss Luoyang 1]
Luoyang「グァハハハハハ！わざわざ死にに来たか」
Luoyang「本気で神の相手をしようというのか？」
Luoyang「恐怖の時代の幕開けの前に、少しばかり肩慣らしといこうか」

[Final Boss Wakanda 1]
say 1 = Wakanda: Aha! I finally found you two.
say 2 = Good job on keeping him distracted.
say 3 = I'm still too weak to stop Louyang on my own.
say 4 = If you can strengthen my magic and hit him with it, we might be successful.
lines = 4
[Final Boss Wakanda 1]
Wakanda「やっと追いついた！」
Wakanda「よく食い止めててくれたわ」
Wakanda「私一人の力ではLouyangを封じることはできないの」
Wakanda「私の魔法を増幅させてLouyangに当てるのよ、そうすれば阻止できるかもしれない」

[Final Boss Wakanda 2]
say 1 = Wakanda: Louyang, this has to stop!
say 2 = Listen to reason!
lines = 2
[Final Boss Wakanda 2]
Wakanda「Louyang、もうお終いよ！」
Wakanda「これが定めなのです！」

[Final Boss Luoyang 2]
say 1 = Luoyang: You're the one being unreasonable.
say 2 = I'm sick of mortality on this dirt-spot of a planet.
say 3 = It's been fun playing with you two.
say 4 = But I've got a planet to destroy.
say 5 = Goodbye... forever!
lines = 5
[Final Boss Luoyang 2]
Luoyang「ふざけるな」
Luoyang「滅び行くこの星の人間にはもう未練などない」
Luoyang「貴様らとの逃走劇はいささか興が乗ったが・・・」
Luoyang「この星は破壊する」
Luoyang「さらばだ・・・永遠にな！」

[Final Boss Otis 1]
say 1 = Otus: Sorry I'm late.
say 2 = I've been looking everywhere for you guys.
say 3 = Did I miss anything?
lines = 3
[Final Boss Otis 1]
Otus「遅れてすまなかった」
Otus「あちこちを探し回っていたんだ」
Otus「なにかマズイことしちゃったかな？」

________________________________________
[Secret Scene Mick]
say 1 = Mick: A winner is you!
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Mick]
Mick「君はよく頑張った！」

[Secret Scene Jerry]
say 1 = Jerry: Don稚 these things usually end with the princess kissing the frog?
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Jerry]
Jerry「こういうのって普通は王女とカエルとキスして終了とかじゃないの？」

[Secret Scene Bleth]
say 1 = Bleth: I feel asleep.
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Bleth]
Bleth「ねむいよ・・・」

[Secret Scene Girard]
say 1 = Girard: The galaxy is at peace.
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Girard]
Girard「こうして銀河は救われた」
※メトロイドのオマージュ？

[Secret Scene Budo]
say 1 = Budo: You proved the justice of our culture. Now go and rest, our hero!
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Budo]
Budo「君は我らのカルチャーの正しさを証明してくれた。さあ、今日はもう休むといい。我らのヒーローよ！」

[Secret Scene Phausy]
say 1 = Phausy: Hey thanks for rescuing me. Let's go for a burger...
say 2 = Ha! Ha! Ha! Ha!
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Phausy]
Phausy「あの時は助けてくれてありがとね。さあ、ハンバーガーでも食べましょ・・・」
Phausy「ハッハッハッハッ！」

[Secret Scene Truffly]
say 1 = Truffly: Take any road you want.
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Truffly]

[Secret Scene Psaul]
say 1 = Psaul: What I have shown you is reality. What you remember... that is the illusion.
lines = 1

[Secret Scene Bletus]
say 1 = Bletus: War... War never changes.
lines = 1

[Secret Scene Mattie]
say 1 = Mattie: Come quickly! Robot-Ninjas kidnapped your grandma!
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Mattie]
Mattie「急いで乗って！ロボットニンジャが君のおばあさんを誘拐したんだ！」

[Secret Scene Basil]
say 1 = Basil: Are you a brave enough adventurer to save your grandma?
lines = 1
[Secret Scene Basil]
Basil「君くらい勇敢な冒険家なら、救出作戦なんて朝めし前だろ？」


[Baggus In Museum 1]
say 1 = Baggus: Hey, don't leave without your map.
say 2 = You're going to need it!
lines = 2
[Baggus In Museum 1]
Baggus「おいおい、マップを持っていかなくちゃだめだよ」
Baggus「これがないと目的の物は手に入らないよ」




[Somora Welcome Sign]
say 1 = Welcome to the City of Somora.
lines = 1
[Somora Welcome Sign]
Somoraシティへようこそ


[Barney 3]
say 1 = Barney: Why are you snooping around our house?
say 2 = We don't have anything to hide.
lines = 2
[Barney 3]
Barney「」
Barney「」

[Fisherman Dialog 2]
say 1 = Fred: The only way you can be a successful fisherman...
say 2 = ... is to wake up at the crack of dawn.
say 3 = Fish are smarter than we give them credit for.
say 4 = You gotta catch them when they're still sleepy.
lines = 4
[Fisherman Dialog 2]
Fred「いい漁師になる秘訣はだな・・・」
Fred「夜明けともに目を覚ますことさ」
Fred「魚は俺たちが思っている以上に賢いんだ」
Fred「だから寝起きの魚を釣り上げてやればいいんだ」

[Fisherman Dialog 3]
say 1 = Fred: Sometimes I feel guilty about catching fish every day...
say 2 = Do you think animals have thoughts and feelings like humans?
lines = 2
[Fisherman Dialog 3]
Fred「ときどき魚をたくさん釣り上げることに罪の意識を感じるんだ・・・」
Fred「人間みたいに魚もものを考えたり感じたりするのかなあ？」






[Giant Tree Pawn Shop Spider 4]
say 1 = Vinnie: Go ahead and take the compass already. It's yours!
lines = 1

[Giant Tree Pawn Shop Spider 5]
say 1 = Vinnie: It doesn't look like you have enough coins.
say 2 = I know 75 coins is a little much but I can't budge on the price.
say 3 = Come back when you have some more to spend.
say 4 = I can't guarantee it'll still be here, though.
lines = 4





[Giant Tree Hat Store NPC 2]
say 1 = Louie: A sail? Hmmm...
say 2 = I was actually about a take a trip to the City of Somora to buy a sail, myself.
say 3 = The sail's material is perfect for a new hat I've designed.
say 4 = I'm going to be taking a trip to pick it up soon,
say 5 = I've never been to Somora before, but I have a map around here somewhere.
say 6 = Without that map I would never be able to find the entrance to cave leading to Somora.
lines = 6


[Giant Tree Hat Store NPC 3]
say 1 = Louie: Would you like to buy a hat?
say 2 = I only have one, so if it's not your style ... too bad.
lines = 2
[Giant Tree Hat Store NPC 3]
Louie「帽子をお求めですか？」
Louie「1つだけご用意がございますが、それがお客様のお気に召さなければ・・・残念です」

[Giant Tree Hat Store NPC 6]
say 1 = Louie: Hats are expensive.
say 2 = Come back when you have some more coins.
lines = 2
Louie「帽子というのは高価なものです」
Louie「貯蓄ができたらまたお越しください」

[Giant Tree Hat Store NPC 8]
say 1 = Louie: I'm sold out of hats right now.
say 2 = I'm going to be leaving for Somora to pick up a sail for some new material.
lines = 2


[Giant Tree Owl Bottle Not Selected]
say 1 = Bubo: I've been working on an antidote to the toxins leaking from these pipes.
say 2 = It looks like you have the last ingredient I need in that bottle.
say 3 = I should be able to get this working now.
lines = 3
[Giant Tree Owl Bottle Not Selected]
Bubo「パイプから流れ出る有害物質への解毒剤は効いたようじゃな」？？
Bubo「」
Bubo「」



[City Samuel Mahony 2]
say 1 = Samuel: I'm always so exhausted after work and all I do is sit at a desk.
say 2 = I don't know how my brother does it.
say 3 = He works the docks all day and still finds time to play trumpet in his band every night.
lines = 3


[City Wilson Ball 2]
say 1 = Wilson: Ever since my wife passed away I really can't stand being at home.
say 2 = Maybe I should go for another walk.
lines = 1

[City Wilson Ball 3]
say 1 = Wilson: When I'm not working I don't know what to do with myself.
lines = 1







[City Casey Daniel 2]
say 1 = Casey: Having a roommate isn't so bad.
say 2 = He's not around most of the time anyway.
say 3 = Still... someday I hope to buy my own place on a small island somewhere warm.
lines = 3







[City Harriet Newel 1]
say 1 = Harriet: I shouldn't be rotting my brain watching TV all the time, but I can't help it.
say 1 = Maybe it's because I'm surrounded by culture and knowledge all day at the library.
lines = 2







[City Elmer Simone 5]
say 1 = Elmer: Great! You found 30 Interdimensional Fragments.
say 2 = Take this Torpedo Cannon as a reward.
say 3 = Oh sorry, you need to have a Cannon to use them.
say 4 = I'll hold on to it for now and you stop back here when you have a Cannon.
lines = 4
[City Elmer Simone 5]
Elmer「素晴らしい！次元のかけらを30個集めて来てくれたんだね」
Elmer「魚雷砲と交換してあげよう」
Elmer「おや、すまない。キャノンがないとこいつは使えないぞ」
Elmer「今回は預かっておくから、キャノンを手に入れたらまたおいで」





[City Barth White 2]
say 1 = Barth: Shhh, don't tell anyone but I've been cheating at Breakrys at the Holocade.
say 2 = That's how I've got an unbeatable high score.
say 3 = The computer gets confused if you're wearing red clothing.
say 4 = It makes it much easier to keep the ball from hitting the ground when you're wearing something red.
lines = 4

[City John Mahony 1]
say 1 = John: Hey, can you give me a break?
say 2 = ... I need to get a little rest before the gig tonight.
lines = 2






[City Emily Howell 1]
say 1 = Emily: Dr. Hill thinks that I have buried memories from childhood that cause me pain.
say 2 = If I could remember them I'd feel better, but I can't even remember what I ate for breakfast.
lines = 2

[City Guy Paley 5]
say 1 = Guy: Wow, you beat the high score!
say 2 = No one has been able to beat it in months.
say 3 = I was convinced the last guy was cheating.
say 4 = Well, you're owed a reward, I believe.
say 5 = How does 500 coins sound?
lines = 5

[City Guy Paley 6]
say 1 = You're still the high score holder on Breakrys.
say 2 = Feel free to keep trying to beat your high score.
say 3 = Unfortunately there's only one prize per customer.
lines = 3


[City Globocorp Terminal 1]
say 1 = Inadequate permission.
lines = 1




[Parrot Intro 6]
say 1 = So I guess we're off to find this artifact treasure thing.
say 2 = Remember to use the map Baggus gave you so the compass will point us in the right direction.
lines = 2



[Parrot Compass Sail 5]
say 1 = Great! Now we have a compass.
say 2 = But we still need a sail.
say 3 = Someone in the giant tree must know where we can get one.
say 4 = Let's keep asking around.
lines = 4




[Parrot Mother Father 2]
say 1 = That's one big, ugly worm.
lines = 1





[Parrot Windmill 1]
say 1 = I think we're going to have to come back here later.
lines = 1



[Parrot Tree 1]
say 1 = Vinnie's Pawn Shop is somewhere in this tree.
say 2 = We need to find it.
say 3 = It's out best chance of finding a compass.
lines = 3




[Parrot Compass Get]
say 1 = Hey, you forgot to grab the compass after you bought it.
say 2 = We're going to need that.
lines = 2


[Parrot Sand Cave 1]
say 1 = I never would have thought that sinking in quic-sand would turn out okay.
say 2 = Maybe we should try that more often.
lines = 2
[オウム 砂の洞窟 1]
まさか流砂の中に入れるとは思いもしなかったぜ。
ときどきならこういうことをしてみるもんだな。

[Parrot Sand Cave 2]
say 1 = Looks dangerous in here. Make sure you don't make any wrong moves.
lines = 1
[Parrot Sand Cave 2]
ここは危険地帯だぜ。動き方を間違えるんじゃあねえぞ。

[Parrot Sand Cave 3]
say 1 = That throwing hook looks like it'll be useful.
say 2 = Try it on those cactus baddies!
lines = 2
[Parrot Sand Cave 3]
この投げフックってのは便利そうだな。
サボテン野郎に投げつけてみようぜ！








[Parrot Warp Room 1]
say 1 = What is this place? It looks like a miniature version of our own world.
say 2 = Are we in another dimension?
say 3 = Try walking to an island you want to go to and pressing UP.
say 4 = I have no idea if that will work, but we can't stay here forever!
lines = 4
[Parrot Warp Room 1]
なんなんだここは？まるでミニチュアみたいな世界じゃないか。
別次元とやらに来ちまったのか？
行きたい島まで歩いてそこで上キーを押すんだ。
それからどうなるかは分からねえけど、いつまでもこんなところに居たくないぜ！




[Parrot Mushroom Cave Boss 2]
say 1 = This thing is solid metal... there's no way you're going to penetrate its armor.
lines = 1






[Parrot Matties House 1]
say 1 = That Mattie woman built your boat?
say 2 = She must be pretty talented.
say 3 = Maybe you should ask her out.
lines = 3

[Parrot Matties House 2]
say 1 = If you can lower this boat, maybe you can jump up on it.
lines = 1








[GloboCorp PA 1]
say 1 = We will be closing in one hour. All guests must leave the building by 13 o'clock.
lines = 1

[GloboCorp PA 2]
say 1 = We are closing. All guests and employees must leave the premises.
lines = 1





[GC Security 1]
say 1 = GC Guardo X200: I am the security.
lines = 1

[GC Security 2]
say 1 = GC Guardo X200: We're closing up, and you must leave. You may return during normal office hours.
lines = 1

lines = 1










[Item Pick Up Throwing Hook Map]
say 1 = You got the Throwing Hook Map!
lines = 1
[Item Pick Up Throwing Hook Map]
投げフックの地図を手に入れた！

[Item Pick Up Flashlight Map]
say 1 = You got the Flashlight Map!
lines = 1
[Item Pick Up Flashlight Map]
フラッシュライトの地図を手に入れた！


[Item Pick Up Boat Flag]
say 1 = You got a Boat Flag!
lines = 1
ボートフラッグの地図を手に入れた！


[Item Pick Up Explorer Hat]
say 1 = You got an Explorer Hat!
lines = 1
[Item Pick Up Explorer Hat]
エクスプローラーハットを手に入れた！


[Item Pick Up Cannon Map]
say 1 = You got the Cannon Map!
lines = 1
[Item Pick Up Cannon Map]
キャノンのマップを手に入れた！






[Item Heart]
say 1 = You got a Heart. Your health increases by +1.
lines = 1
[ハート入手]
ハートを手に入れた！体力が1つ増えます。






[Museum Door 1]
say 1 = Museum Under Construction.
say 2 = Grand Opening Coming Soon!
lines = 2
[Museum Door 1]
博物館は現在工事中です。
近日堂々オープン！

[Island Sign 5]
say 1 = Welcome to Tomba Island.
lines = 1
[Island Sign 5]
Tombaアイランドにようこそ

[Island Sign 7]
say 1 = Welcome to Eber Island.
lines = 1
[Island Sign 7]
Eberアイランドにようこそ

[Island Sign 8]
say 1 = Welcome to Jatko Island.
lines = 1
[Island Sign 8]
Jatkoアイランドにようこそ

[Island Sign 10]
say 1 = Welcome to Pinon Island.
lines = 1
[Island Sign 10]
Pinonアイランドにようこそ

[Island Sign 16]
say 1 = Welcome to Kingstree Island.
lines = 1
[Island Sign 16]
Kingstreeアイランドにようこそ






[Time Book 1]
say 1 = Learn to Tell Time
say 2 = The earliest studiers of time were able to use the position of the sun and moons to determine the time of day.
say 3 = In the year 6027 BC they created a system of telling time in which each day consists of exactly 20 hours...
say 4 = ... and each hour is made up of exactly 100 minutes.
say 4 = 10 o'clock is when the sun is at its highest point in the sky. This is known as High Noon.
say 5 = 20 o'clock, right before the clock changes over, is when the moons are at their highest point, known as Twilight.
lines = 5







[Museum Treasure 9]
say 1 = Incessant Potion
say 2 = A never-ending elixir that reinvigorated the hero in battle.
lines = 2
[Museum Treasure 9]
万古の霊薬
戦いの活力を与える無限の万能薬。



[Animal Dialog No Parrot]
say 1 = ...
lines = 1
[Animal Dialog No Parrot]
・・・。








[Menu Escape]
line 1 = Press Esc again to quit to title
lines = 1

[Menu Boat]
line 1 = Boat
lines = 1

[Menu Compass]
line 1 = Compass
lines = 1

[Menu Temporal Compass]
line 1 = Temporal Compass
lines = 1

[Menu Parrot 1]
line 1 = Parrot (UP + ACTION)
lines = 1

[Menu Parrot 2]
line 1 = Parrot
lines = 1

[Menu Throwing Hook]
line 1 = Throwing Hook (UP + ATTACK)
lines = 1

[Menu Bottle]
line 1 = Magic Bottle (DOWN + ATTACK)
lines = 1

[Menu Boots]
line 1 = Boots
lines = 1

[Menu Sail]
line 1 = Sail
lines = 1

[Menu Sail Flag]
line 1 = Sail + Flag
lines = 1

[Menu Lockpick]
line 1 = Lockpick Kit
lines = 1

[Menu Lockpick Keycard]
line 1 = Lockpick Kit + Keycard
lines = 1

[Menu Shovel]
line 1 = Shovel (DOWN + ACTION)
lines = 1

[Menu Cannon]
line 1 = Cannon (UP/DOWN + ATTACK)
lines = 1

[Menu Torpedo Cannon]
line 1 = Torpedo Cannon (UP/DOWN + ATTACK)
lines = 1

[Menu Dive Helmet]
line 1 = Dive Helmet (DOWN + ACTION)
lines = 1

[Menu Flashlight]
line 1 = Flashlight (ATTACK when Underwater)
lines = 1

[Menu Paper Hat]
line 1 = Paper Hat
lines = 1

[Menu Explorer Hat]
line 1 = Explorer Hat
lines = 1

[Menu Top Hat]
line 1 = Top Hat
lines = 1

[Menu New Wave Hat]
line 1 = New Wave Hat
lines = 1

[Menu Baseball Hat]
line 1 = Baseball Hat
lines = 1

[Menu Mouse Hat]
line 1 = Mouse Hat
lines = 1

[Menu Heart]
line 1 = Heart
lines = 1

[Menu Map 1 A]
line 1 = Museum Map
lines = 1

[Menu Map 1 B]
line 1 = Unknown Map
lines = 1

[Menu Map 2]
line 1 = Sail Map
lines = 1

[Menu Map 3]
line 1 = Magic Bottle Map
lines = 1

[Menu Map 4]
line 1 = Cannon Map
lines = 1

[Menu Map 5]
line 1 = Dive Helmet Map
lines = 1

[Menu Map 6]
line 1 = Flashlight Map
lines = 1

[Menu Map 7]
line 1 = Treasure Map
lines = 1




続きをたたむ

続きを読む

【疑問点】


・マーフィーはいつから服役しているの？
→公式サイトのマーフィーの説明文には
>マーフィーは、数年前から刑務所に入れられている。彼の刑期は、既に一度延長されている。
とあります。
数年間は刑に服していたようです。正確な年数まではわかりません。
刑期が延長された理由ってネイピア殺害が原因なんでしょうか？



・チャーリーが死んだのはいつ？
→修道院でマーフィーはシスターにこう語ります。
>Murphy:I buried my son years ago.
>マーフィー「息子の埋葬は数年前に済んでいる」
チャーリーは数年前に殺害され、その後マーフィーが服役…と思っていたのですが、シスターはブギーマンを指して「これはあなたの息子です」と言うし…。うーん。




・ブギーマンって何者？
→男の子はマーフィーのことをブギーマンと呼んでいました。アンも同じく。また、修道院でマスクを外したブギーマンに対してマーフィーは、息子チャーリーの名を呟きました。

つまり、マーフィー＝ブギーマン＝チャーリー。マーフィーはチャーリーだったんだよ！！(； ･`д･´) ﾅ､ﾅﾝﾀﾞｯﾃｰ !! (`･д´･ (`･д´･ ;)

過去シリーズのレッドピラミッドシングと同じように、罰を与える存在なんでしょうかね。裁きの象徴っぽいハンマー持ってますし。

※あれ、なんだかネイピアのようにも見える…？



・アンにはどんなサイレントヒルが見えていた？
→マーフィーと再会する度にボロボロになっていくアン。彼女もボートのシーンで「サイレントヒルに悪夢をみせられた」というようなことを発言していましたし、自分の過去を映しだした町を進んできたのでしょう。たぶん。


・今作はどの時代の出来事？
サイドクエスト「灰は灰に」で、1999年に死去した人物の葬式を通知するメモを入手することができます。
また、アリアドネ・ジョンソンという8歳の少女が2004年に行方不明になった（1996年生まれの8歳の少女なので、1996+8＝2004）というメモもあります。
だから2004年以降のお話なんじゃないかと思います。



→ホームカミングよりも後の話なの？
たぶんそう。ホームカミングでオーバールック刑務所の看板を調べると
>I remember my dad and several deputies were sent here to help stop a riot...
>暴動を抑えるため父と数人の保安官代理が応援に駆けつけたことがあった…
というようなメッセージが出ます。
オーバールック刑務所での暴動の様子はダウンプアでも確認することができます。なのでホームカミングよりも時代は後の話じゃないかと思います。ただ、あの暴動の様子も幻覚っぽいからハッキリとしたことは言えないんですよねえ…。

※海外のサイトだとホームカミングは2007年のお話だと書いてあったので、そうだとしたらダウンプアは2007年以降のお話になりますね。



・リックって何者？
→公式サイトのキャラ紹介には
>WLMNラジオの看板DJであるRobert“Bobby”Ricksは、サイレントヒルで一番人気のラジオパーソナリティ。ラジオ放送からカリスマ性が伝わってくる。
とあります。ラジオDJなんでしょう。でも彼も囚人ですよね。着てる服が囚人服だし。オーバールック刑務所に彼の書いたメモがありましたし。

どうして囚人になったのかは不明。なんでマーフィーのことを知っていたのかは不明。誰と電話していたのかも不明。…これはひどい。



・ハワードって何者？
→行く先々でマーフィーを助けてくれるハワード。ブラックウッドというファミリーネームらしい（名前カッコいいですね）。彼の発言からどうもなにかのルールに縛り付けられていることがうかがえます。

海外のコミックス版に出ていたキャラということを小耳に挟んだのですが詳細は不明。あとブックオブメモリーズにも出てくるみたいです。


・クリーチャーはマーフィーにとってなにを意味している？
→ジャガーノートとミニオンはまんま囚人でしょう。ラスボスは植物状態になったフランク。ウィーピングバットは在来種のコウモリで、ドールとスクリーマーは…なんでしょう？



・ネイピアはなにをして捕まった？
→これはメモを読めば分かるはず。
>14歳以下の子供に対する殺人及び性的暴行などの複数の重犯罪事件を起こし服役中である。
というのがメモの中にありました。作中で分かるだけでもチャーリー、アリアドネ・ジョンソン、ダニエル・スティーブンスの最低3人の児童に対して犯罪行為を行なっています。



・修道院の少年と少女はなに？
→ホントなんなんでしょうね？わかりません…。
そういえばラジオ塔のウォータースライダーで少年と少女が一瞬だけ出てきますよね。フライング出演なんでしょうか。
（画像ブレブレでごめんなさい）



・なんか首吊り死体多くね？
→案外ゴア規制の対策だったりして。前作ホームカミングではキャラの死に様がどれもだいたい悲惨なものだったので、ビジュアル面で比較的ソフトな首吊りが選ばれてたりして。（首吊り自殺がソフトだと言っているわけでは決してないのでご注意を）
パッと思いつくのだと、アパートの泥棒の部屋、修道院のタイヤ、オーバールック刑務所の影、鏡よ鏡のクリア後の影とか。



・途中で死んでいる囚人たちはなに？
→ちょくちょく道中で死体を発見しますね。死体の周辺にはだいたいクリーチャーがいるので原因はそれかなーと思います。そしてこの囚人たちは、バスに一緒に乗っていた人たちなんじゃないかなと思います。数えてないけど、たぶん乗っていた囚人の数と死体の数は合うはず…？



・シスターはなにもの？
→謎のカタマリ。マーフィーを導くような言動を繰り返し、そのままいなくなるので、サイレントヒルが見せた幻のような存在なんじゃないかなと思っています。





・今作のオーバールック刑務所…HCと地理が違うくないかい？
→違いますね…。同じ名前の別の場所…とか？うーん？



・車椅子のクリーチャーは？
→前述したとおりフランクです。ただホンモノのフランクではないでしょう。アンの発言によれば彼は既に死んでいるはずなので。サイレントヒルが作り出した悪夢といったところでしょうか。

ラスボスの行動パターンのひとつに、牢屋を開放して囚人にマーフィーを襲わせるっていうのがなんとも皮肉…。



・公式サイトでスーウェルが良い人っぽく紹介されててワロタ
→公式サイトより。
>何か必要なものがあればそれを手に入れ、何か手配しなければならないことがあればそれを実現させる人物。
>（中略）囚人からも看守からも非常に人気が高い。
これはひどい。
ゲーム開始５分でこの文章がミスリードだったと気付くでしょう。

このゲームで最悪な人物を挙げろと言われれば、私はネイピアとスーウェルの名前を叫びます。

---

【おまけ　セーブデータ名】
セーブ時に記載されるミニタイトルをメモってみました。抜けや重複があるとおもいますが、参考程度にどうぞ。
青字は市街地探索時にセーブされるポイントなので順不同です。
なお、翻訳はしません。何かの役に立てば…。

1.Diner
Bus Crash Site

2.Diner
Ravine

3.Diner
Sky Tram

3.Diner
Kitchen

4.Diner
Otherworld Bedroom

5.Diner
Otherworld Slide

6.Diner
Otherworld Escher Room

7.Diner
Otherworld Escape

8.Diner
Kitchen - Return

9.Diner
Basement

10.Diner
Yard

11.Diner
Yard - Exit

12.Devil's Pit
Tram Station

13.Devil's Pit
Viewing Platform

14.Devil's Pit
Bridge

15.Devil's Pit
Inside 1st Cave

16.Devil's Pit
Elevator to Mine

17.Devil's Pit
Deep in the Mine

18.Devil's Pit
Exit from the Mine

19.Devil's Pit
Cave of Tears

20.Devil's Pit
Elevator to Train

21.Devil's Pit
Train Station

22.Town
Mine

23.Town
Radio Artifact（町に入ってすぐ）

24.Town
Basement

25.Town
Basement - Exit

26.Town
Alien Toy Artifact（フックを引っ掛けてアパートに行くトコロ）

27.Town
Hillside Subway（Sunriseがあるよ）

28.Town
First Bird Released

29.Town
Painting of Despair(Despair)

30.Town
Fourth Police Car Recalled

31.Town
Apartment

31.Town
Apartment - Exit

32.Town
Second Bird Released

33.Town
Bank - Entrance

34.Town
Bank - Exit

35.Town
Bank - Reward

36.Town
“Missing Girl” Poster Found

37.Town
Central Pearl Creek Subway

38.Town
The Art Collector - Entrance

39.Town
The Art Collector - Exit

40.Town
Storage

41.Town
UFO Artifact（ラジオ塔の公園）

42.Town
Hyper Blaster Artifact（木馬のある公園）

43.The Centennial Building
Garage

44.The Centennial Building
Garage Basement

45.The Centennial Building
Library

46.The Centennial Building
Main Hall

47.The Centennial Building
Offices

48.The Centennial Building
Slide Projector

49.The Centennial Building
DJ Booth

50.The Centennial Building
DJ Booth - Exit

51.The Centennial Building
Otherworld Garage

52.The Centennial Building
Otherworld Conveyor

53.The Centennial Building
Otherworld Cells

54.The Centennial Building
Otherworld Clock

54.The Centennial Building
Otherworld Library

55.Town
Radio Station - Exit

56.Town
Cinema - Entrance

57.Town
Cinema - Exit

58.Town
Ribbons

59.Town
Ribbons - Exit

60.Town
The Gramophone

61.Town
The Gramophone - Scare

62.Town
The Gramophone - Exit

63.Town
Thrift Store - Entrance

64.Town
Thrift Store - Exit

65.Town
Chastain Heights

66.Town
Circle Emblem Artifact

67.Town
Shadow Play

68.Town
Shadow Play - Exit

69.Town
Third Bird Released

70.Town
Symbol - Four

71.Town
Painting of Freedom

72.Town
Ashes to Ashes

73.Town
Ashes to Ashes - Exit

74.Town
Medical Bracelet Found

75.Town
Fourth Bird Released

76.Town
Dead Man's Hand

77.Town
Dead Man's Hand - Heart

78.Town
Symbol - Harmony, 1st Part

79.Town
Symbol - Harmony, 2st Part

80.Town
First Bird Released

81.Town
Mirror, Mirror

82.Town
Mirror, Mirror - Exit

83.Town
Aglaophotis Artifact

84.Town
Shop

85.Town
Found Projector Bulb

86.Town
Shop - Exit

87.Town
Fixed Projector

88.Town
Complete Film

89.Town
Key to the Trunk

90.Town
Open Trunk

91.Town
Map of Paintings

91.Town
The Crypt

92.Town
The Crypt - Reward

93.Monastery
Monastery - Entrance

94.Monastery
Chapel

95.Monastery
Orphaneage

96.Monastery
Theater

97.Monastery
Theater - Exit

98.Monastery
Hospice

99.Monastery
The X-Ray Room

98.Monastery
Hospice - Exit

99.Monastery
Otherworld Hospice

100.Monastery
Otherworld Chase

101.Monastery
Otherworld Spikes

102.Monastery
Otherworld Yard

103.Monastery
Otherworld Theater

104.Monastery
Otherworld Attic

105.Monastery
The Bogeyman

106.Monastery
Morgus

107.Prison
Cell

108.Prison
Path to Control Room

109.Prison
Guard Tower

110.Prison
Path to Block B

111.Prison
Main Hall

112.Prison
Utility Room

113.Prison
Day Room

114.Prison
Showers

115.Prison
Otherworld Elevator

116.Prison
Otherworld Mirror Puzzle

117.Prison
Otherworld Mirror Blades

118.Prison
Otherworld Yard

119.Prison
Otherworld Prison

120.Prison
Otherworld Boss

121.Prison
Anne Marie
続きをたたむ